Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Microchip

Microchip

mchp · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker mchp
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · Microchip
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
$40

$30

$20

$10

0

5

10

15

Annual Report 2008

30289_OutsideCvrs.indd   1

7/10/2008   12:15:53 PM

Celebrating the 15th Anniversary of 
Microchip Technology’s Initial Public Offering

Microchip Technology is proud of the many accomplishments we have achieved for our customers, 
shareholders and employees during our 15 years as a publicly traded company on the NASDAQ® 
Stock Market (Ticker: MCHP). Microchip launched its initial public offering (IPO) on March 19, 1993, 
and in the subsequent 15 years, we have created a high-performance stock investment that has 
yielded consistent returns and significant value to our shareholders:
• At the time of the IPO, a share of Microchip stock was offered for $0.57 (split adjusted) 

compared to $32.73 on March 31, 2008. An investment of $16,000 in Microchip common stock 
on March 19, 1993 would have been worth approximately $1 million at the end of fiscal 2008 
inclusive of stock price appreciation and dividends paid.

• Microchip’s market capitalization has jumped from approximately $81 million at the IPO to more 

than $6 billion at the end of fiscal year 2008.

• Microchip’s annual net revenues have increased from $89 million in fiscal year 1993 to 

$1.036 billion in fiscal year 2008.

• Our annual non-GAAP diluted net income per share, before non-operating charges and one-time 

events, has grown from $0.04 to $1.57 (split adjusted) in the same period.*

• We have implemented seven stock splits and initiated a quarterly cash dividend in fiscal year 

2003 with 20 quarters of consecutive increases in the dividend payment as of March 31, 2008.

Corporate Profile

Microchip Technology Incorporated is a leading provider of microcontroller and analog 
semiconductors, providing low-risk product development, lower total system cost and faster time 
to market for thousands of diverse customer applications worldwide. Headquartered in Chandler, 
Arizona, Microchip offers outstanding technical support along with dependable delivery and quality. 
For more information, visit the Microchip Web site at www.microchip.com.
•Founded in 1989
•More than 4,800 employees worldwide 
•Quality systems are ISO/TS-16949:2002 certified
•More than 45 sales offices worldwide
•Manufacturing facilities: Tempe, Arizona USA; Gresham, Oregon USA; Bangkok, Thailand
•Development centers: Bangalore, India; Bangkok, Thailand; Manila, the Philippines; Lausanne, 
Switzerland; Bucharest, Romania; Budapest, Hungary; Santa Clara, California USA; Chandler, 
Arizona USA

•Major products: PIC® Microcontrollers, dsPIC® Digital Signal Controllers, Analog & Interface 

Products and Serial EEPROMs

•S&P 500 Index member
•Approximately 60,000 customers worldwide

*Microchip’s annual GAAP diluted net income per share has grown from $0.04 to $1.40 (split adjusted) in the same period. Also, please see note ** at the 
bottom of the next page (Financial Highlights page) for additional information.

30289_InsideCvrs.indd   1

7/10/2008   12:14:10 PM

Financial Highlights

All charts are based on fiscal year data, except where noted.

Net Sales (Millions of Dollars)

Non-GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share**

$1,040 $1,036

$928

$847

$716

$699

$651

$571

$1.57

$1.48

$1.27

$1.07

$0.76

$0.74

$0.64

$0.45

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

Net Sales

 Non-GAAP Net Income**

 GAAP Net Income

2004
$699,260

2005
$846,936

2006
$927,893

2007
$1,039,671

2008
$1,035,737

$156,834

$226,761

$272,979

$325,638

$330,396

$137,262

$213,785

$242,369

$357,029

$297,748

 Non-GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share**

 GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share

$0.74

$0.65

$1.07

$1.01

$1.27

$1.13

$1.48

$1.62

$1.57

$1.40

 Stockholders’ Equity

$1,320,517

$1,485,734

$1,726,189

$2,004,368

$1,036,223

 Annual Cash Dividend Per Share
In thousands, except per share amounts.

$0.113

$0.208

$0.570

$0.965

$1.205

Microcontroller Portfolio
(Number of Products at Calendar Year End)

Analog and Interface Products Portfolio
(Number of Products at Calendar Year End)

484

414

313

283

490

468

449

408

377

340

299

261

214

187

142 159

00 01

02

03

04 05

06 07

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

**Our non-GAAP results exclude the effect of share-based compensation associated with our adoption of SFAS No. 123R, a loss on the sale of Fab 3, a tax 
benefit from the resolution of a foreign tax matter, a benefit from the release of previously established tax reserves, the tax benefits associated with a tax audit 
settlement, a tax charge associated with the repatriation of foreign earnings under the American Jobs Creation Act, charges related to the settlement of patent 
license litigation, costs associated with the closure of Fab 1, an impairment charge associated with Fab 3, and restructuring and acquisition-related special 
charges/income. Please see “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Net Income to Reported Results” located at the end of this document following our Form 10-K for our 
reported GAAP results and additional information. Also see our Form 10-K for additional detail and discussion of our GAAP results.

Letter to Shareholders
“What were the key challenges and opportunities 
for Microchip in fiscal year 2008?”

Microchip Technology’s fiscal 
year 2008 was exceptionally 
challenged due to global 
economic factors including 
recessionary pressures and 
the U.S. credit and housing 
crisis. These external conditions 
adversely impacted our revenue 
during the first three fiscal 
quarters with the Company 
posting a modest rebound in the 
fourth quarter.

For the fiscal year ending March 31, 2008, Microchip’s 
net sales were $1.036 billion, essentially on par with net 
sales of $1.040 billion for the fiscal year ending March 
31, 2007. Clearly, achieving flat revenue did not meet 
our expectations. One positive, though, was that our total 
sales year over year fared better than most companies in 
the semiconductor industry.
Non-GAAP net income for the fiscal 2008 period was 
$330.4 million, an increase of 1.5% over non-GAAP net 
income in the prior fiscal year of $325.6 million. We 
achieved record gross margins and posted non-GAAP 
operating margins of 34.9% in fiscal 2008. Our balance 
sheet is strong, and we generated $476.2 million of net 
cash in fiscal 2008 (prior to our dividend payments of 
$252 million, net cash generation from our convertible 
debt transaction of $1.13 billion and stock buy-back 
activity of $1.14 billion), driven by our sound operating 
results and successful business model.
As slowing economic conditions negatively impacted the 
U.S. stock market, Microchip initiated several actions to 
boost shareholder return at a time when we believed our 
stock price was undervalued. 

adding to an October 2006 authorization to repurchase 
10 million shares. During fiscal 2008, a total of 36.5 
million shares of common stock was purchased for 
$1.14 billion.
The Company sold its idled Fab 3 in Puyallup, 
Washington, adding approximately $27.5 million to its 
treasury balance. Through reduced operating expenses, 
the sale is contributing to increased gross margins. 
With the current equipment in our remaining two wafer 
fabrication facilities (“fabs”), Microchip can support 
$1.6 billion in sales today – and can expand revenue 
capacity to $2.2 billion with additional capital equipment 
investments at such facilities.
Microchip increased the cash dividend payment every 
quarter during fiscal 2008, passing along the results 
of our strong net cash generation throughout the fiscal 
year to shareholders. With 20 quarters of consecutive 
increases in the dividend payment, our shareholders 
continued to benefit from the Company’s performance. 
Microchip’s total annual dividend payment in fiscal 2008 
was $1.205 per share, a rise of 24.9% over the annual 
dividend payment of $0.965 per share in fiscal 2007. 
Cash dividend payments to shareholders in fiscal 2008 
totaled $252 million.
In spite of the difficult economic head winds, Microchip 
remained in a leadership position when compared to 
most other semiconductor manufacturers in areas such 
as sales, gross margin, operating margin, earnings 
per share, cash generation, stock price performance, 
dividend payment and dividend growth – which all 
contribute to Microchip continuing to deliver value to
its shareholders.
As a result of this consistent leadership performance, 
Standard & Poor’s added Microchip to its S&P 500 
Index, a world-renowned stock index of leading large-cap 
companies in major industries of the U.S. economy.
Positive financial results are largely based on having 
Positive financial results are largely based on having 
a strong product foundation. During the fiscal year, 
a strong product foundation. During the fiscal year, 
the Company’s aggressive 
technology development 
efforts and new product 
pipelines continued to yield 
pipelines continued to yield 
many new innovations 
targeting a wide variety of 
targeting a wide variety of 
high-volume embedded 
high-volume embedded 
control applications.
control applications.

In spite of the difficult economic head 
winds, Microchip remained in a leadership 
position when compared to most other 
semiconductor manufacturers...
In December 2007, the Company completed an offering 
of $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of 2.125% 
junior convertible subordinated debentures which were 
sold to institutional buyers. Microchip also authorized a 
21.5 million share repurchase in conjunction with the 
convertible debt transaction and an additional stock 
repurchase of up to 10 million shares of common stock, 
Watch a video-recorded version of the Letter to Shareholders on the Microchip Web site (www.microchip.com) by clicking the 
“Corporate” tab and selecting the “Investors” option.

Microchip entered the $3.8 billion 32-bit microcontroller 
market*** with the launch of the PIC32 family of 32-bit 
devices. The PIC32 family extends our PIC® micro- 
controller line with more performance and memory while 
maintaining pin, peripheral and software compatibility 
with Microchip’s 16-bit PIC24 microcontroller and
dsPIC® digital signal controller families. 
Our 8- and 16-bit product families experienced another 
year of strong new product growth with solutions for 
Universal Serial Bus (USB) connectivity, liquid crystal 
displays (LCD), lower power consumption, rich on-
chip analog peripherals, smart sensor processing and 
advanced, energy-efficient motor control.
As our customers’ end products require even more user 
interface capabilities, Microchip took advantage of two 
key design trends driving new, high-volume embedded 
applications today: incorporating graphics display and 
touch sense technology. We debuted whole product 
solutions for both, and customer response has been 
robust.

The Company’s 16-bit Embedded Control Seminar
series concluded with more than 6,000 engineers 
from about 100 worldwide locations in attendance 
who were trained on designing with our 16-bit families. 
Worldwide 16-bit design contests and other promotions 
experienced strong participation from engineers who 
were eager to engage with these new products. 
Development system shipments supporting our
8-, 16- and 32-bit microcontrollers and 16-bit digital 
signal controllers achieved another year of record growth 
with 116,832 shipments compared to 83,937 in fiscal
2007 – a 39% increase. The total cumulative number of 
development systems shipped now stands at 632,785 
indicating a strong interest in Microchip’s products.
We also continued to invest in our analog and interface 
product lines. Key innovations here included a 2 MHz 
high-speed pulse-width modulator, low-power high-
accuracy operational amplifiers, and the industry’s 
first digital-to-analog converter to combine integrated 
EEPROM memory and 12-bit resolution in a miniature
6-pin SOT-23 package.

Microchip Technology’s Board of Directors
Microchip Technology’s Board of Directors
Wade Meyercord, Albert Hugo-Martinez, Steve Sanghi, L.B. Day, Matt Chapman 
Wade Meyercord, Albert Hugo-Martinez, Steve Sanghi, L.B. Day, Matt Chapman 
with our numerous regional and specialty distribution 
partners, supported more than 64% of our worldwide 
sales in fiscal 2008.

Demonstrating Microchip’s ongoing commitment to 
provide outstanding technical assistance, the Company 
garnered record attendance at Microchip’s MASTERs 
Conference series with nearly 3,000 embedded 
designers attending 13 separate conferences, which
were held in seven countries. Separately, more than 
16,000 engineers attended additional classes at our
37 Regional Training Center sites worldwide.
In closing, fiscal 2008 was indeed a challenging year. 
As we look to fiscal year 2009 and beyond, Microchip 
is well-positioned for further market share gains and to 
outpace the semiconductor industry.
With sincere appreciation to our shareholders, 
customers and employees for your continued confidence 
in Microchip during the past 15 years,

Steve Sanghi 
President and CEO 
Microchip Technology Incorporated

Microchip also unveiled the fastest (20 MHz) 
1 megabit SPI serial EEPROM devices in the industry, 
adding to our very deep non-volatile memory portfolio.
While new products are critical to our success, the 
Company also delivered higher levels of customer 
support across the globe to complement our product 
strategy.

Microchip partnered with Avnet Electronics Marketing 
and Future Electronics to provide global distribution 
services. These two global distributors, combined 
***Gartner Dataquest, “Top 20 Companies Revenue from Shipments of
***Gartner Dataquest, “Top 20 Companies Revenue from Shipments of

32-bit MCU - All Applications (Millions of $US),” 2008.

.
c
n

I

,
t
e
k
r
a
M
k
c
o
t
S
Q
A
D
S
A
N
e
h
T
8
0
0
2
©

Steve Sanghi rings the NASDAQ® Stock Market Opening Bell on March 19, 
Steve Sanghi rings the NASDAQ® Stock Market Opening Bell on March 19, 
2008, recognizing Microchip’s 15 years as a NASDAQ-listed company and 
2008, recognizing Microchip’s 15 years as a NASDAQ-listed company and 
the 15th anniversary of Microchip’s IPO.
the 15th anniversary of Microchip’s IPO.

.

n
o
i
s
s
i
m
r
e
p
h
t
i

w
d
e
t
n
i
r
p
e
R

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“What has changed most about Microchip 
in the past 15 years?”

Albert Hugo-Martinez 
Member, Board of Directors

Everything has changed – 
and that is what has 
made the last 15 years 
so exciting for me. In 
1993, Microchip was 
in the midst of its well-
known turnaround phase. 
The transition from a 
money-losing enterprise 
to a Wall Street success 
story was led by the 
exceptional leadership 
of Steve Sanghi and an 
impressive executive 
management team.
Their leadership has 
helped steer the substan-
tial growth and strong 
tial growth and strong 
tial growth and strong 
tial growth and strong 

market position of the 
8-bit PIC microcontrollers, 
rising from number 20 
in 1990 to number one 
today. This was no small 
feat in that Microchip 
had to overtake many 
large semiconductor 
industry players along the 
way. To accomplish this, 
the Company was  –  and 
remains so today  – 
obsessively focused on 
new design wins, 
customer support, contin-
uous improvement, cost 
reduction and employee 
empowerment.

Today, Microchip is 
firmly entrenched in the 
worldwide embedded 
control market space, 
with an organization that 
is firing on all cylinders 
and new product efforts 
pushing into many 
technology areas that 
offer substantial growth 
potential for years to 
come.
come.
come.

Ganesh Moorthy
Executive Vice President 

“Why has the PIC® microcontroller 
architecture been so successful?”

At the time of our IPO, 
Microchip had just seven 
PIC microcontrollers in 
the product line. These 
devices targeted the then 
emerging low-cost and low-
pin-count segment of the 
8-bit field-programmable 
microcontroller space. Over 
time, Microchip pioneered 
the use of field-program-
mable memory technolo-
gies, such as Flash and 
one time programmable, 
in microcontrollers – and 
helped revolutionize the 
entire market.

Today, Microchip has 
achieved the number one 
position in 8-bit micro- 
controllers, shipped more 
than six billion devices, 
and put together a broad 
portfolio of 484 controller 
products in volume produc-
tion. We are aggressively 
tion. We are aggressively 

pushing the PIC microcon-
troller architecture into 
significantly new design 
territories with our rapidly 
expanding portfolio of 16-bit 
microcontrollers and digital 
signal controllers and new 
32-bit microcontrollers.
With the recent 
announcement of 
the PIC32 32-bit 
microcontrollers, 
Microchip is the 
only supplier to 
offer an 8-, 16- & 
32-bit product line 
supported by a 
single development 
environment. 

the PIC microcontroller 
architecture because 
of the many advantages 
Microchip delivers to the 
customer’s overall business, 
in addition to offering the 
right price/performance 
ratio for the design.
PIC microcontrollers 
deliver low-risk product 
development by providing 
seamless program size 
expansion. Pin compatibil-
ity enables drop-in replace-
ments of package types, 
as well as variations of 
memories, without having 
to completely rewrite code.
The Company’s MPLAB®
Integrated Development 
Environment offers low-
risk product development 
by delivering a complete 
management solution for 
all development systems in 

Engineers worldwide 
continue to embrace 

“Why has the PIC® microcontroller architecture been so successful?” (continued)

one free tool. Customers simply need 
to learn this one design environment 
that provides the platform for all PIC 
microcontroller design activities. 
Microchip’s seamless migration 
path with standard pin schemes 
and code compatibility enables 
engineers to reuse verified code 
and a proven printed circuit board 
layout. Designers can add higher 
memory options, incremental I/O 

and complex digital and analog 
peripherals without losing their 
software investments, lowering total 
system costs.
With the recent announcement of 
the PIC32 32-bit microcontrollers, 
Microchip is the only supplier to 
offer an 8-, 16- and 32-bit product 
line supported by a single develop-
ment environment. This becomes 
a significant differentiator because 

it enables customers with multiple 
designs to invest in just one micro-
controller architecture that can 
serve as the technology platform for 
all of their requirements today and 
in the future, while reducing overall 
design costs and time to market.

“What is the Company’s philosophy on creating 
and delivering shareholder value?”

Gordon Parnell
Chief Financial Officer

Microchip has generated 
substantial shareholder 
value since going public. 
Microchip’s stock price 
has appreciated 5,642%, 
from $0.57 per share 
(split adjusted) on March 
19, 1993 to $32.73 per 
share on March 31, 
2008. The Company has 
delivered seven stock 
splits, and more recently, 
20 quarters of consecu-
tive increases in the 
dividend payment.

In fact, an investment 
of $16,000 in Microchip 
common stock on March 
19, 1993 would have 
been worth approximately 
$1 million at the end of 
fiscal 2008 inclusive of 
stock price appreciation 
and dividends paid.

We have thrived in a 
highly volatile technol-
ogy industry by creating 
a strong business model 
based on customer and 
product diversification. 
This model has been 

successfully tested now 
through numerous 
semiconductor business 
cycles, during which we 
delivered consistently 
higher performance that 
outpaced most peer 
companies in our market 
segment. 

…an investment 
of $16,000 in 
Microchip common 
stock on March 19, 
1993 would have 
been worth 
approximately 
$1 million at the 
end of fiscal 2008...

For example, as of March 
31, 2008, Microchip had 
approximately 60,000 
customers, with the top 
10 customers represent-
ing about 9% of total 
sales. Our silicon solu-
tions are used across 
hundreds of applications 

in industry segments such 
as automotive, consumer, 
communications, industri-
al control and office auto-
mation. Geographically, 
total sales were divided 
in fiscal 2008 with 43.8% 
from Asia, 29.8% from 
Europe, and 26.4% from 
the Americas. About 64% 
of total revenue in fiscal 
2008 was generated by 
our distribution and sales 
channel partners with the 
remaining 36% originat-
ing from our direct sales 
force.

Most Microchip employ-
ees are eligible to receive 
stock ownership in the 
Company. This aligns their 
contributions with the 
interests of our share-
holders, creating a unified 
enterprise dedicated to 
cost containment and 
continuous improvement 
continuous improvement 
driving revenue growth 
driving revenue growth 
and high profit margins.
and high profit margins.

Dave Lambert
Vice President, Fab Operations

“Describe Microchip’s manufacturing strategy.”

Semiconductor manufac-
turing has a reputation 
for using next-generation 
technology and process 
equipment along with fab-
rication facilities (“fabs”) 
that require billions of 
dollars of investments.
Based on Microchip’s 
product mix, our manu- 
facturing strategy rests 
with employing older- 
generation equipment 
and maximizing its 
potential output through 
ongoing continuous 
improvement activities. 
Using this highly 
optimized equipment 
today, our Fab 2 in 

Tempe, Arizona, and 
Fab 4 in Gresham, 
Oregon, produce die 
yields that are among 
the best in the industry. 
We took advantage of 
the cyclical nature of our 
industry by acquiring 
Fab 4 during a down cycle 
when its valuation was 
depressed.

Following wafer manu-
facturing, the test and 
assembly functions are 
handled at our facility 
near Bangkok, Thailand. 
All of these actions form 
a low-cost manufacturing 
structure that contributes 

high gross profit margins 
to the business. This also 
enables Microchip to 
respond quickly to com-
petitive pricing pressures, 
and still maintain healthy 
margins.

Our quality systems are 
ISO/TS-16949 certified 
by the Organization for 
Standards/Technical 
Specification. In addition, 
Microchip has a long 
history of consistent 
delivery times, and 
product obsolescence 
has been minimal.

“What trends are occurring in research & 
development for embedded control?”

Microchip a competitive 
edge. In the past 15 years, 
Microchip has produced an 
impressive return on our 
technology development 
activities through revenue 
growth, strong profit 
margins, continued market 
share gains, and a deep 
patent portfolio and other 
valuable intellectual 
property.

Steve Drehobl
Vice President, Security, 
Microcontroller and Technology 
Development Division

As the electronics intel-
ligence required in most 
embedded systems contin-
ues to expand, Microchip’s 
research and development 
teams are working to 
overcome the numerous 
technical challenges in 
creating the latest silicon 
devices that meet our 
customers’ design 
challenges.
We have set up numerous 
development centers 
worldwide to utilize local, 
expert talent in a variety of 
technologies. 
Areas we believe have 
the best opportunity for 
high-volume growth today 
include delivering higher 
performance, adding more 
peripherals, expanding 
memory options, lowering 

power consumption, using 
smaller packages, develop-
ing more power manage-
ment features and enabling 
additional connectivity 
among other devices and 
systems.

The efforts of our 
employees have 
been instrumental 
in yielding 
industry-leading 
technological 
advancements that 
give Microchip a 
competitive edge. 

The efforts of our 
employees have been 
instrumental in yielding 
industry-leading technologi-
cal advancements that give 
cal advancements that give 

“How does analog deliver more value 
to embedded designs – and to Microchip?”

Rich Simoncic
Vice President, Analog 
& Interface Products Division

The world is still funda-
mentally analog-based, 
even though we are sur-
rounded by digital tech-
nology. Analog refers to 
real-world signals (also 
called inputs and outputs) 
which can be a user inter-
face, such as a key button 
press or LCD display, or 
anything that a sensor 
measures, such as tem-
perature, speed, humidity 
and pressure.

Electronic designs, 
including those using 
microcontrollers, are 
digital-based. Any incom-
ing analog input must be 
converted into a digital 
reading in order for the 
microcontroller to process 
it. Likewise, any output 
must first be converted 
from the digital reading 
into an analog output. 
To make these signal 
changes, various analog 
products may be required 
depending upon the 
system design.

Microchip has a growing 
portfolio of analog circuit-
ry, including linear, power 
management, mixed sig-
nal, thermal management 
and battery management. 

Today, Microchip 
continues to 
leverage our 
approximately 
60,000 customers 
worldwide to 
sell solutions of 
microcontrollers, 
digital signal 
controllers, analog 
components and 
serial EEPROMs. 

Today, Microchip 
continues to leverage our 
approximately 60,000 
customers worldwide 
to sell solutions of 
microcontrollers, digital 
signal controllers, analog 
components and serial 

EEPROMs. Attaching 
analog and memory 
products to current 
microcontroller designs 
has been at the very core 
of our sales strategy. In 
addition, we have seen 
design wins in analog 
products from companies 
not currently using our 
microcontroller solutions – 
strong validation of 
the industry-leading 
performance that many of 
our products deliver.

As our microcontroller 
solutions have evolved 
into the 16- and now 
32-bit spaces, applica-
tions using these higher-
performance processors 
typically require even 
greater numbers of 
analog products to 
further refine and execute 
the signal integrity in the 
design.

“How do Microchip’s sales strategies 
ensure continued growth?”

Microchip is committed 
to providing the many 
resources our custom-
ers desire to be truly 
successful, including 
extensive support, techni-
cal training and multiple 
channels through which 
they can acquire our 
products.
Microchip’s direct sales 
force is non-commis-
sioned. This offers 

significant benefits to 
our customers by having 
a global team truly com-
mitted to delivering out-
standing communication 
and support in their 
multiple locations. We 
continue to add more 
field applications engi-
neers who share their 
technical skills and 
embedded design experi-
ence in person with 
customers worldwide.

Mitch Little
Vice President, Worldwide 
Sales and Applications

We offer various types 
of technical training, 
depending upon the 
customer’s needs and 
timeline. Engineers can 
view online Webinars for 
a 20-minute discussion 
on a given topic, and, 
for more detail, attend 
half-day or multi-day 
courses through any 
of our 37 worldwide 
Regional Training 
Centers. Our annual 

I am confident our continued focus 
on helping customers succeed 
can provide opportunities to grow 
revenue.

“How do Microchip’s sales strategies ensure continued growth?” (continued)
MASTERs Conferences have become 
a key event for leading designers 
worldwide interested in learning 
about the latest embedded control 
technologies and trends.
Our microchipDIRECT online pro-
curement site supports a growing 
number of customers who wish to 
directly manage their accounts, 
taking advantage of a feature-rich 
portal of options such as production 
programming, credit lines, credit-
card payments, competitive pricing 
and e-mail notifications.

We work with leading channel 
organizations who have established 
strong brand affinity among their 
embedded engineering customers – 
and the strategy is working well by 
delivering critical new designs wins. 
These important sales partners 
include global distributors, regional 
distributors, catalog suppliers, 
design houses, design consultants, 
manufacturers’ representatives and 
third-party consultants. 
Today the Microchip sales organiza-
tion proudly serves approximately 
60,000 customers worldwide, and 

“Describe the unique corporate culture at 
Microchip, and how it makes a difference.”

Lauren Carr
Vice President, 
Human Resources

Microchip’s corporate 
culture of empowerment 
and continuous improve-
ment has been at the 
core of our success since 
the early 1990s. At that 
time, as the turnaround 
phase of the Company 
was just taking off, our 
employees were the one 
constant asset we could 
count on, and they remain 
a compelling competitive 
advantage today.
Our culture is driven by a 
set of guiding values that 
embrace teamwork, open 

communication, continu-
ous learning and improve-
ment, and employee 
empowerment. Executives 
are assessed every year 
on their ability to lead, 
manage and follow based 
on these guiding values. 

Our culture is 
driven by a set 
of guiding values 
that embrace 
teamwork, open 
communication, 
continuous learning 
and improvement, 
and employee 
empowerment. 

best position to make 
the correct decision. To 
reinforce this key concept, 
organizational charts are 
literally turned upside 
down, demonstrating the 
important role managers 
play in supporting their 
team members’ success.
Continuous learning and 
improvement is further 
enabled through hundreds 
of available employee 
development courses. 
The result is a global 
enterprise composed of a 
highly engaged workforce 
dedicated to working 
smarter and constantly 
striving to improve all 
aspects of the business. 

Team members at all 
levels are empowered to 
make decisions every day 
because management 
believes they are in the 

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C.  20549 

FORM 10-K

(Mark One) 

(cid:95) 

(cid:134) 

Annual report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the securities exchange act of 1934 
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008  

Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
For the transition period from __________ to __________ 

Commission File Number: 0-21184 

MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED 
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of  
Incorporation or Organization) 

86-0629024
(IRS Employer  
Identification No.) 

2355 W. Chandler Blvd., Chandler, AZ  85224
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code) 

(480) 792-7200 
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value Per Share 
Preferred Share Purchase Rights 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Nasdaq Global Market 
None 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  (cid:58)  Yes  (cid:133)  No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  (cid:133)  Yes  (cid:58)  No 

Indicate by checkmark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and 
(cid:58)  Yes  (cid:133)  No
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained 
herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by 
reference in Part III of Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K

(cid:133)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is large accelerated filer, an accelerated filed, or a non-accelerated filer,  or smaller reporting 
company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer” “accelerated file” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act):

Large accelerated filer  (cid:58)

Accelerated filer 

(cid:133)

Non-accelerated filer 

(cid:133)

Smaller reporting company  (cid:133)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). 

(cid:133)  Yes  (cid:58)  No 

Aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  and  non-voting  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  as  of  September  28,  2007  based  upon  the
closing price of the common stock as reported by the NASDAQ® Global Market on such date was approximately $7,668,164,565.

Number of shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value, outstanding as of May 22, 2008: 184,952,497.

Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 

Document 

Part of Form 10-K

III

Documents Incorporated by Reference

 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 

FORM 10-K 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities 
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

PART III 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 
Item 13. 
Item 14.  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accountant Fees Services 

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures 

PART IV 

Page 

3 
10 
18 
18 
18 
19 

20 
22 
23 
38 
39 
39 
39 
42 

42 
42 
42 
43 
43 

44 

45 

  2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

This Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, including statements 

regarding our strategy and future financial performance and those statements identified under "Item 7 - Note Regarding 
Forward-looking Statements.”  Our actual results could differ materially from the results described in these forward-looking 
statements as a result of certain factors including those set forth under “Item 1A – Risk Factors,” beginning below at 
page 10, and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.  Although we believe that the matters reflected in the forward-looking statements 
are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.  You should not place 
undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.  We disclaim any obligation to update information contained in any 
forward-looking statement. 

Item 1. 

BUSINESS 

We develop and manufacture specialized semiconductor products used by our customers for a wide variety of embedded 

control applications.  Our product portfolio comprises 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit PIC® microcontrollers and 16-bit dsPIC® 
digital signal controllers, which feature on-board Flash (reprogrammable) memory technology.  In addition, we offer a broad 
spectrum of high-performance linear, mixed-signal, power management, thermal management, battery management and 
interface devices.  We also make serial EEPROMs.  Our synergistic product portfolio targets thousands of applications and a 
growing demand for high-performance designs in the automotive, communications, computing, consumer and industrial 
control markets.  Our quality systems are ISO/TS16949 (2002 version) certified. 

Microchip Technology Incorporated was incorporated in Delaware in 1989.  In this Form 10-K, “we,” “us,” and “our” 

each refers to Microchip Technology Incorporated and its subsidiaries.  Our executive offices are located at 2355 West 
Chandler Boulevard, Chandler, Arizona 85224-6199 and our telephone number is (480) 792-7200.   

Our Internet address is www.microchip.com.  We post the following filings on our website as soon as reasonably 

practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

our annual report on Form 10-K 
our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q 
our current reports on Form 8-K 
our proxy statement 
any amendments to the above-listed reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

All SEC filings on our website are available free of charge.  The information on our website is not incorporated into this 

Form 10-K. 

Industry Background 

Competitive pressures require manufacturers of a wide variety of products to expand product functionality and provide 

differentiation while maintaining or reducing cost.  To address these requirements, manufacturers often use integrated circuit-
based embedded control systems that enable them to: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

differentiate their products 
replace less efficient electromechanical control devices 
reduce the number of components in their system 
add product functionality 
decrease time to market for their products  
significantly reduce product cost 

Embedded control systems have been incorporated into thousands of products and subassemblies in a wide variety of 

applications and markets worldwide, including: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

automotive comfort, safety and entertainment applications 
remote control devices 
handheld tools 
home appliances 
portable computers 
robotics 
accessories 
cordless and cellular telephone 

  3

 
 
 
•  motor controls 
• 
• 
• 
• 

security systems 
educational and entertainment devices 
consumer electronics 
power supplies 

Embedded control systems typically incorporate a microcontroller as the principal active, and sometimes sole, 

component.  A microcontroller is a self-contained computer-on-a-chip consisting of a central processing unit, non-volatile 
program memory, random access memory for data storage and various input/output peripheral capabilities.  In addition to the 
microcontroller, a complete embedded control system incorporates application-specific software and may include specialized 
peripheral device controllers, non-volatile memory components such as EEPROMs, and various analog and interface 
products. 

The increasing demand for embedded control has made the market for microcontrollers one of the larger segments of the 

semiconductor market at approximately $14 billion in calendar year 2007.  Microcontrollers are currently available in 4-bit 
through 32-bit architectures.  4-bit microcontrollers are relatively inexpensive, but they generally lack the minimum 
functionality required in most applications and are typically used in relatively simple applications.  8-bit microcontrollers 
remain very cost-effective for a wide range of high volume embedded control applications and, as a result, continue to 
represent the largest portion of the overall microcontroller market.  16-bit and 32-bit microcontrollers provide higher 
performance and functionality, and are generally found in more complex embedded control applications.  

Many of the microcontrollers shipped today are ROM-based and must be programmed by the semiconductor supplier 
during manufacturing, resulting in long lead times, based on market conditions, for delivery of such microcontrollers.  In 
addition to delayed product introduction, these long lead times can result in potential inventory obsolescence and temporary 
factory shutdowns when changes in the firmware are required. To address these issues, we offer programmable 
microcontrollers that can be configured by the customer in the customer’s manufacturing line, thus significantly reducing 
lead time and inventory risks when the inevitable firmware changes occur.  While these microcontrollers were initially 
expensive relative to ROM-based microcontrollers, manufacturing technology has evolved over time to the point where 
reprogrammable microcontrollers are now available for little to no premium over ROM-based microcontrollers, thus 
providing significant value to microcontroller customers.  As a result, reprogrammable microcontrollers are the fastest 
growing segment of the microcontroller market.  

Our Products 

Our strategic focus is on embedded control solutions, including: 

•  microcontrollers 
• 
• 
•  memory products 

development tools 
analog and interface products 

We provide highly cost-effective embedded control solutions that also offer the advantages of small size, high 

performance, low voltage/power operation and ease of development, enabling timely and cost-effective embedded control 
product integration by our customers. 

Microcontrollers 

We offer a broad family of microcontroller products featuring our unique, proprietary architecture marketed under the 
PIC® brand name.  We believe that our PIC product family is a price/performance leader in the worldwide microcontroller 
market.  We have shipped over 6 billion PIC microcontrollers to customers worldwide since their introduction in 1990.  Our 
PIC products are designed for applications requiring field-programmability, high performance, low power and cost 
effectiveness.  They feature a variety of memory technology configurations, low voltage and power, small footprint and ease 
of use.  Our performance results from a product architecture which features dual data and instruction pathways, referred to as 
a Harvard dual-bus architecture; a Reduced Instruction Set Computer, referred to as RISC; and variable length instructions; 
all of which provide significant speed advantages over alternative single-bus, Complex Instruction Set Computer 
architectures, referred to as CISC.  With over 550 microcontrollers in our product portfolio, we target the 8-bit, 16-bit, and 
32-bit microcontroller markets.   

Digital Signal Controllers (DSC) are a subset of our 16-bit microcontroller offering.  Our dsPIC® Digital Signal 
Controller families integrate the control features of high-performance 16-bit microcontrollers with the computation 
capabilities of Digital Signal Processors (DSPs), along with a wide variety of peripheral functions making them suitable for a 
large number of embedded control applications.  Our dsPIC product family offers a broad suite of hardware and software 
development tools, software application libraries, development boards and reference designs to ease and expedite the 

  4

customer application development cycle.  With its field-re-programmability, large selection of peripheral functions, small 
footprint and ease of use, we believe that our dsPIC Digital Signal Controllers enlarge our addressable market. 

We have used our manufacturing experience and design and process technology to bring additional enhancements and 

manufacturing efficiencies to the development and production of our PIC family of microcontroller products.  Our extensive 
experience base has enabled us to develop our advanced, low cost user programmability feature by incorporating non-volatile 
memory, such as Flash, EEPROM and EPROM Memory, into the microcontroller, and to be a leader in reprogrammable 
microcontroller product offerings. 

Development Tools  

We offer a comprehensive set of low-cost and easy-to-learn application development tools.  These tools enable system 

designers to quickly and easily program a PIC microcontroller and dsPIC Digital Signal Controllers for specific applications 
and, we believe are a key factor for obtaining design wins. 

Our family of development tools operates in the standard Windows® environment on standard PC hardware.  These tools 

range from entry-level systems, which include an assembler and programmer or in-circuit debugging hardware, to fully 
configured systems that provide in-circuit emulation hardware.  Customers moving from entry-level designs to those 
requiring real-time emulation are able to preserve their investment in learning and tools as they migrate to future PIC devices 
since all of our systems share the same integrated development environment. 

Many independent companies also develop and market application development tools that support our standard 

microcontroller product architecture.  Currently, there are more than 190 third-party tool suppliers worldwide whose products 
support our proprietary microcontroller architecture. 

We believe that familiarity with and adoption of both our and third-party development tools by an increasing number of 
product designers will be an important factor in the future selection of our embedded control products.  These development 
tools allow design engineers to develop thousands of application-specific products from our standard microcontrollers.  To 
date, we have shipped more than 600,000 development tools. 

Analog and Interface Products 

Our analog and interface products consist of several families with over 500 power management, linear, mixed-signal, 
thermal management and interface products.  At the end of fiscal 2008, our mixed-signal analog and interface products were 
being shipped to more than 13,400 end customers. 

We continue marketing and selling our analog and interface products into our existing microcontroller customer base, 

which we refer to as our analog “attach” strategy, as well as to new customers.  In addition to our “attach” strategy, we 
market and sell other products that may not fit our traditional PIC microcontroller and memory products customer base.  We 
market these, and all of our products, based on an application segment approach targeted to provide customers with 
application solutions. 

Memory Products  

Our memory products consist primarily of serial electrically erasable programmable read only memory, referred to as 
Serial EEPROMs.  We sell these devices primarily into the embedded control market, and we are one of the largest suppliers 
of such devices worldwide.  Serial EEPROM products are used for non-volatile program and data storage in systems where 
such data must be either modified frequently or retained for long periods.  Serial EEPROMs have a very low I/O pin 
requirement, permitting production of very small devices.  

Manufacturing  

Our manufacturing operations include wafer fabrication and assembly and test.  The ownership of our manufacturing 
resources is an important component of our business strategy, enabling us to maintain a high level of manufacturing control 
resulting in us being one of the lowest cost producers in the embedded control industry.  By owning our wafer fabrication 
facilities and much of our assembly and test operations, and by employing statistical techniques (statistical process control, 
designed experiments and wafer level monitoring), we have been able to achieve and maintain high production yields.  Direct 
control over manufacturing resources allows us to shorten our design and production cycles.  This control also allows us to 
capture the wafer manufacturing and a portion of the assembly and testing profit margin. 

Our manufacturing facilities are located in: 

•  Tempe, Arizona (Fab 2) 
•  Chandler, Arizona (probe operations)  
•  Gresham, Oregon (Fab 4)  
•  Bangkok, Thailand (assembly, probe and test) 

  5

Wafer Fabrication 

Fab 2 currently produces 8-inch wafers and supports manufacturing processes from 0.35 to 5.0 microns.  During fiscal 
2008 and fiscal 2007, Fab 2 operated at approximately 99% of its capacity.  Operating at higher percentages of capacity has a 
positive impact on our operating results due to the relatively high fixed costs inherent in wafer fabrication manufacturing. 

We acquired Fab 4 in August 2002 and began production on October 31, 2003.  Fab 4 currently produces 8-inch wafers 

using predominantly 0.35 to 0.5 micron manufacturing processes and is capable of supporting technologies below 0.18 
microns.  A significant amount of clean room capacity and equipment acquired with Fab 4 can be brought on line in the 
future to support incremental wafer fabrication capacity needs.  We believe the combined capacity of Fab 2 and Fab 4 will 
provide sufficient capacity to allow us to respond to increases in future demand. 

In September 2007, we received an unsolicited offer on our Fab 3 facility located in Puyallup, Washington.  We assessed 

our available capacity in our current facilities, along with our capacity available from outside foundries and determined the 
capacity of Fab 3 would not be required in the near term.  As a result of this assessment, we accepted the purchase offer to 
sell Fab 3 on September 21, 2007 and the transaction closed on October 19, 2007.  We received $27.5 million in cash net of 
expenses associated with the sale and recognized an impairment charge of $26.8 million on the sale of Fab 3, representing the 
difference between the carrying value of the assets at September 30, 2007 and the amounts realized subsequent to 
September 30, 2007.   

We continue to transition products to more advanced process technologies to reduce future manufacturing costs.  We 

believe that our ability to successfully transition to more advanced process technologies is important for us to remain 
competitive.   

We outsource a small percentage of our wafer production requirements to third-party wafer foundries to augment our 

internal manufacturing capabilities. 

Assembly and Test 

We perform product assembly and testing at our facilities located near Bangkok, Thailand.  As of March 31, 2008, 
approximately 67% of our assembly requirements were being performed in our Thailand facility.  As of March 31, 2008, our 
Thailand facility was testing substantially all of our wafer production.  We use third-party assembly and test contractors in 
several Asian countries for the balance of our assembly and test requirements. 

General Matters Impacting Our Manufacturing Operations 

We employ proprietary design and manufacturing processes in developing our microcontroller and memory products.  
We believe our processes afford us both cost-effective designs in existing and derivative products and greater functionality in 
new product designs.  While many of our competitors develop and optimize separate processes for their logic and memory 
product lines, we use a common process technology for both microcontroller and non-volatile memory products.  This allows 
us to more fully absorb our process research and development costs and to deliver new products to market more rapidly.  Our 
engineers utilize advanced Computer Aided Design tools and software to perform circuit design, simulation and layout, and 
our in-house photomask and wafer fabrication facilities enable us to rapidly verify design techniques by processing test 
wafers quickly and efficiently. 

Due to the high fixed costs inherent in semiconductor manufacturing, consistently high manufacturing yields have 

significant positive effects on our gross profit and overall operating results.  Our continuous focus on manufacturing 
productivity has allowed us to maintain excellent manufacturing yields at our facilities.  Our manufacturing yields are 
primarily driven by a comprehensive implementation of statistical process control, extensive employee training and our 
effective use of our manufacturing facilities and equipment.  Maintenance of manufacturing productivity and yields are 
important factors in the achievement of our operating results.  The manufacture of integrated circuits, particularly non-
volatile, erasable CMOS memory and logic devices, such as those that we produce, are complex processes.  These processes 
are sensitive to a wide variety of factors, including the level of contaminants in the manufacturing environment, impurities in 
the materials used and the performance of our manufacturing personnel and equipment.  As is typical in the semiconductor 
industry, we have from time to time experienced lower than anticipated manufacturing yields.  Our operating results will 
suffer if we are unable to maintain yields at approximately the current levels. 

At the end of fiscal 2008, we owned long-lived assets (consisting of property, plant and equipment) in the United States 
amounting to $400.6 million and $121.7 million in other countries, including $113.1 million in Thailand.  At the end of fiscal 
2007, we owned long-lived assets in the United States amounting to $488.7 million and $117.0 million in other countries, 
including $114.6 million in Thailand. 

  6

Research and Development (R&D) 

We are committed to continuing our investment in new and enhanced products, including development systems, and in 
our design and manufacturing process technologies.  We believe these investments are significant factors in maintaining our 
competitive position.  Our current R&D activities focus on the design of new microcontrollers, digital signal controllers, 
Serial EEPROM memory, analog and interface products, new development systems, software and application-specific 
software libraries.  We are also developing new design and process technologies to enable new products and innovative 
features as well as achieve further cost reductions and performance improvements in existing products.   

In fiscal 2008, our R&D expenses were $120.9 million, compared to $113.7 million in fiscal 2007 and $94.9 million in 

fiscal 2006.  R&D expenses included $10.7 million in fiscal 2008 and $9.6 million in fiscal 2007 of share-based 
compensation as a result of the adoption of FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 123 (revised 
2004) Share-Based Payment (SFAS No. 123R).   

Sales and Distribution 

General 

We market our products worldwide primarily through a network of direct sales personnel and distributors.  

Our direct sales force focuses on a wide variety of strategic accounts in three geographical markets: the Americas, 

Europe and Asia.  We currently maintain sales and technical support centers in major metropolitan areas in all three 
geographic markets.  We believe that a strong technical service presence is essential to the continued development of the 
embedded control market.  Many of our field sales engineers (FSEs), field application engineers (FAEs), and sales 
management have technical degrees or backgrounds and have been previously employed in high technology environments.  
We believe that the technical knowledge of our sales force is a key competitive advantage in the sale of our products.  The 
primary mission of our FAE team is to provide technical assistance to customers and to conduct periodic training sessions for 
the balance of our sales team.  FAEs also frequently conduct technical seminars and workshops in major cities around the 
world. 

Distribution 

Our distributors focus primarily on servicing the product requirements of a broad base of diverse customers.  We believe 

that distributors provide an effective means of reaching this broad and diverse customer base.  We believe that customers 
recognize Microchip for its products and brand name and use distributors as an effective supply channel.   

In fiscal 2008, we derived 64% of our net sales through distributors and 36% of our net sales from customers serviced 

directly by Microchip.  In fiscal 2007 and 2006, we derived 65% of our net sales through distributors and 35% of our net 
sales from customers serviced directly by Microchip.  Our largest distributor accounted for approximately 12% of our net 
sales in fiscal 2008, 11% of our net sales in fiscal 2007 and 13% of our net sales in fiscal 2006.  Our second largest 
distributor accounted for approximately 7% of our net sales in fiscal 2008, 10% of our net sales in fiscal 2007 and 11% of our 
net sales in fiscal 2006.  No other distributor or end customer accounted for more than 10% of our net sales in fiscal 2008, 
2007 or 2006.  In February 2008, we terminated our relationship with Arrow Electronics in North America and Europe.  
Arrow Electronics in Australia and New Zealand remain as our only Arrow Electronics franchised distributor locations 
worldwide.  In February 2008, we also entered into a new demand creation relationship with Avnet/Memec in North 
America, Avnet/Silica in Europe, and an expanded demand creation relationship with Future Electronics worldwide. 

We do not have long-term agreements with our distributors and we, or our distributors, may each terminate our 
relationship with little or no advanced notice.  The loss of, or the disruption in the operations of, one or more of our 
distributors could reduce our future net sales in a given quarter and could result in an increase in inventory returns. 

Sales by Geography 

Sales by geography for fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Americas 
Europe 
Asia 

2008 
$   273,363 
  308,171 
  454,203 

26.4% 
29.8 
43.8 

2007 
$   287,371 
  302,708 
  449,592 

2006 

27.6%  $   266,353 
  255,367 
29.1 
  406,173 
43.3 

28.7% 
27.5 
43.8 

Year Ended March 31, 

Total Sales 

$  1,035,737 

  100.0% 

$  1,039,671 

  100.0%  $   927,893 

  100.0% 

  7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales to foreign customers accounted for approximately 75% of our net sales in fiscal 2008, 74% of our net sales in fiscal 

2007 and 74% of our net sales in fiscal 2006.  Our sales to foreign customers have been predominately in Asia and Europe, 
which we attribute to the manufacturing strength in those areas for automotive, communications, computing, consumer and 
industrial control products.  Americas sales include sales to customers in the United States, Canada, Central America and 
South America. 

Sales to customers in China, including Hong Kong, accounted for approximately 20% of our net sales in fiscal 2008, 
18% of our net sales in fiscal 2007 and 17% of our net sales in fiscal 2006.  In each of fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, sales to 
customers in Taiwan accounted for approximately 10% of our net sales.  We did not have sales into any other foreign 
countries that exceeded 10% of our net sales during fiscal 2008, 2007 or 2006. 

Our international sales are predominately U.S. dollar denominated.  Although foreign sales are subject to certain 
government export restrictions, we have not experienced any material difficulties to date as a result of export restrictions. 

The semiconductor industry is characterized by seasonality and wide fluctuations of supply and demand.  Since a 

significant portion of our revenue is from consumer markets and international sales, our business may be subject to 
seasonally lower revenues in the third and fourth quarters of our fiscal year.  In recent periods, weakness in the U.S. housing 
market and general economic conditions have had a more significant impact on our results than seasonality, and has made it 
difficult to assess the impact of seasonal factors on our business. 

Backlog 

As of April 30, 2008, our backlog was approximately $225.7 million, compared to $185.4 million as of April 30, 2007.  

Our backlog includes all purchase orders scheduled for delivery within the subsequent 12 months. 

We primarily produce standard products that can be shipped from inventory within a short time after we receive an order.  

Our business and, to a large extent, that of the entire semiconductor industry, is characterized by short-term orders and 
shipment schedules.  Orders constituting our current backlog are subject to changes in delivery schedules, or to cancellation 
at the customer’s option without significant penalty.  Thus, while backlog is useful for scheduling production, backlog as of 
any particular date may not be a reliable measure of sales for any future period.   

Competition 

The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive and has been characterized by price erosion and rapid technological 

change.  We compete with major domestic and international semiconductor companies, many of which have greater market 
recognition and greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution and other resources than we have with which to pursue 
engineering, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products.  Furthermore, capacity in the semiconductor 
industry is generally increasing over time and such increased capacity or improved product availability could adversely affect 
our competitive position. 

We currently compete principally on the basis of the technical innovation and performance of our embedded control 

products, including the following product characteristics: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

speed 
functionality 
density 
power consumption 
reliability 
packaging alternatives 

We believe that other important competitive factors in the embedded control market include: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

ease of use 
functionality of application development systems 
dependable delivery, quality and availability 
technical service and support  
price 

We believe that we compete favorably with other companies on all of these factors, but we may be unable to compete 

successfully in the future, which could harm our business. 

Patents, Licenses and Trademarks 

We maintain a portfolio of United States and foreign patents, expiring on various dates between 2008 and 2026.  We also 
have numerous additional United States and foreign patent applications pending.  We do not expect that the expiration of any 

  8

particular patent will have a material impact on our business.  While we intend to continue to seek patents on our inventions 
and manufacturing processes, we believe that our continued success depends primarily on the technological skills and 
innovative capabilities of our personnel and our ability to rapidly commercialize product developments, rather than on our 
patents.  Our existing patents and any new patents that are issued may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide 
meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us.  In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect 
our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.   

We have entered into certain intellectual property licenses and cross-licenses with other companies related to 

semiconductor products and manufacturing processes.  As is typical in the semiconductor industry, we and our customers 
have from time to time received, and may in the future receive, communications from third parties asserting patent or other 
intellectual property rights on certain of our products or technologies.  We investigate all such notices and respond as we 
believe is appropriate.  Based on industry practice, we believe that in most cases we can obtain any necessary licenses or 
other rights on commercially reasonable terms, but we cannot assure that all licenses would be on acceptable terms, that 
litigation would not ensue or that damages for any past infringement would not be assessed.  Litigation, which could result in 
substantial cost to us and require significant attention from management, may be necessary to enforce our patents or other 
intellectual property rights, or to defend us against claimed infringement of the rights of others.  The failure to obtain 
necessary licenses or other rights, or litigation arising out of infringement claims, could harm our business.   

Environmental Regulation 

We must comply with many different federal, state, local and foreign governmental regulations related to the use, 
storage, discharge and disposal of certain chemicals and gases used in our manufacturing processes.  Our facilities have been 
designed to comply with these regulations and we believe that our activities are conducted in compliance with such 
regulations.  Any changes in such regulations or in their enforcement could require us to acquire costly equipment or to incur 
other significant expenses to comply with environmental regulations.  Any failure by us to adequately control the storage, use 
and disposal of regulated substances could result in future liabilities. 

Increasing public attention has been focused on the environmental impact of electronic manufacturing operations.  While 

we have not experienced any materially adverse effects on our operations from environmental regulations, our business and 
results of operations could suffer if for any reason we fail to control the use of, or to adequately restrict the discharge of, 
hazardous substances under present or future environmental regulations. 

Employees 

As of March 31, 2008, we had 4,811 employees.  None of our employees are represented by a labor organization.  We 

have never had a work stoppage and believe that our employee relations are good. 

Executive Officers 

The following sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers as of April 30, 2008:  

Name 
Steve Sanghi 
Ganesh Moorthy 
Stephen V. Drehobl 
David S. Lambert 
Mitchell R. Little 
Gordon W. Parnell 
Richard J. Simoncic 

Age 
52 
48 
46 
56 
55 
58 
44 

Position 

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Executive Vice President 
Vice President, Security, Microcontroller and Technology Division 
Vice President, Fab Operations 
Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Applications 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
Vice President, Analog and Interface Products Division 

Mr. Sanghi has been President since August 1990, CEO since October 1991, and Chairman of the Board since October 

1993.  He has served as a director since August 1990.  Mr. Sanghi holds an M.S. degree in Electrical and Computer 
Engineering from the University of Massachusetts and a B.S. degree in Electronics and Communication from Punjab 
University, India.  Since May 2004, he has been a member of the Board of Directors of Xyratex Ltd., a storage and network 
technology company.  Since May 2007, he has been a member of the Board of Directors of FIRST (For Inspiration and 
Recognition of Science and Technology). 

Mr. Moorthy has served as Executive Vice President since October 2006 and served as a Vice President in various roles 
since he joined the Company in 2001.  Prior to this time, he served in various executive capacities with other semiconductor 
companies.  Mr. Moorthy holds an M.B.A. in Marketing from National University, a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering 
from the University of Washington and a B.S. degree in Physics from the University of Bombay.  

  9

 
 
Mr. Drehobl has served as Vice President of the Security, Microcontroller, and Technology Division since July 2001. He 
has been employed by Microchip since August 1989 and has served as a Vice President in various roles since February 1997.  
Mr. Drehobl holds a Bachelor of Technology degree from the University of Dayton. 

Mr. Lambert has served as Vice President, Fab Operations since November 1993.  From 1991 to November 1993, he 

served as Director of Manufacturing Engineering, and from 1989 to 1991, he served as Engineering Manager of Fab 
Operations.  Mr. Lambert holds a B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Cincinnati. 

Mr. Little has served as Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Applications since July 2000.  He has been employed by 

Microchip since 1989 and has served as a Vice President in various roles since September 1993.  Mr. Little holds a B.S. 
degree in Engineering Technology from United Electronics Institute. 

Mr. Parnell has served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 2000.  He served as Vice President, 

Controller and Treasurer from April 1993 to May 2000.  Mr. Parnell holds a finance/accounting qualification with the 
Association of Certified Accountants from Edinburgh College, Scotland.  Since January 2008, he has been a member of the 
Board of Directors of Integrated Device Technology, Inc. 

Mr. Simoncic has served as Vice President, Analog and Interface Products Division since September 1999.  From 

October 1995 to September 1999 he served as Vice President in various roles.  Joining Microchip in 1990, Mr. Simoncic held 
various roles in Design, Device/Yield Engineering and Quality Systems.  Mr. Simoncic holds a B.S. degree in Electrical 
Engineering Technology from DeVry Institute of Technology. 

Item 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

When evaluating Microchip and its business, you should give careful consideration to the factors listed below, in 

addition to the information provided elsewhere in this Form 10-K and in other documents that we file with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission. 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate due to factors that could reduce our net sales and profitability. 

Our quarterly operating results are affected by a wide variety of factors that could reduce our net sales and profitability, 

many of which are beyond our control. Some of the factors that may affect our quarterly operating results include: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

changes in demand or market acceptance of our products and products of our customers; 
levels of inventories at our customers; 
the mix of inventory we hold and our ability to satisfy orders from our inventory; 
changes in utilization of our manufacturing capacity and fluctuations in manufacturing yields; 
our ability to secure sufficient assembly and testing capacity; 
availability of raw materials and equipment; 
competitive developments including pricing pressures; 
the level of orders that are received and can be shipped in a quarter; 
the level of sell-through of our products through distribution; 
fluctuations in the mix of products; 
changes or fluctuations in customer order patterns and seasonality; 
constrained availability from other electronic suppliers impacting our customers’ ability to ship their products, 
which in turn may adversely impact our sales to those customers; 
costs and outcomes of any current or future tax audits or any litigation involving intellectual property, 
customers or other issues; 
disruptions in our business or our customers’ businesses due to terrorist activity, armed conflict, war, worldwide 
oil prices and supply, public health concerns or disruptions in the transportation system; 
property damage or other losses, whether or not covered by insurance; and 
general economic, industry or political conditions in the United States or internationally. 

We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful and that you should 

not rely upon any such comparisons as indications of future performance. In future periods our operating results may fall 
below our public guidance or the expectations of public market analysts and investors, which would likely have a negative 
effect on the price of our common stock. 

  10

 
 
Our operating results will suffer if we ineffectively utilize our manufacturing capacity or fail to maintain manufacturing 
yields. 

The manufacture and assembly of integrated circuits, particularly non-volatile, erasable CMOS memory and logic 
devices such as those that we produce, are complex processes.  These processes are sensitive to a wide variety of factors, 
including the level of contaminants in the manufacturing environment, impurities in the materials used, the performance of 
our wafer fabrication personnel and equipment, and other quality issues.  As is typical in the semiconductor industry, we have 
from time to time experienced lower than anticipated manufacturing yields.  Our operating results will suffer if we are unable 
to maintain yields at approximately the current levels.  This could include delays in the recognition of revenue, loss of 
revenue or future orders, and customer-imposed penalties for failure to meet contractual shipment deadlines. Our operating 
results are also adversely affected when we operate at less than optimal capacity.  Lower capacity utilization results in certain 
costs being charged directly to expense and lower gross margins. 

We are dependent on orders that are received and shipped in the same quarter and are therefore limited in our visibility of 
future product shipments. 

Our net sales in any given quarter depend upon a combination of shipments from backlog and orders received in that 
quarter for shipment in that quarter, which we refer to as turns orders. We measure turns orders at the beginning of a quarter 
based on the orders needed to meet the shipment targets that we set entering the quarter. Historically, we have relied on our 
ability to respond quickly to customer orders as part of our competitive strategy, resulting in customers placing orders with 
relatively short delivery schedules. Shorter lead times generally mean that turns orders as a percentage of our business are 
relatively high in any particular quarter and reduces our backlog visibility on future product shipments.  Turns orders 
correlate to overall semiconductor industry conditions and product lead times.  Because turns orders are difficult to predict, 
varying levels of turns orders make our net sales more difficult to forecast.  If we do not achieve a sufficient level of turns 
orders in a particular quarter relative to our revenue targets, our revenue and operating results may suffer. 

Intense competition in the markets we serve may lead to pricing pressures, reduced sales of our products or reduced 
market share. 

The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive and has been characterized by price erosion and rapid technological 

change.  We compete with major domestic and international semiconductor companies, many of which have greater market 
recognition and substantially greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution and other resources than we do with which 
to pursue engineering, manufacturing, marketing and distribution of their products.  We may be unable to compete 
successfully in the future, which could harm our business.  Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of 
factors both within and outside our control, including, but not limited to: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the quality, performance, reliability, features, ease of use, pricing and diversity of our products; 
our success in designing and manufacturing new products including those implementing new technologies; 
the rate at which customers incorporate our products into their own applications; 
product introductions by our competitors; 
the number, nature and success of our competitors in a given market; 
our ability to obtain adequate supplies of raw materials and other supplies at acceptable prices; 
our ability to protect our products and processes by effective utilization of intellectual property rights; 
the quality of our customer service and our ability to address the needs of our customers; and 
general market and economic conditions. 

Historically, average selling prices in the semiconductor industry decrease over the life of any particular product.  The 
overall average selling prices of our microcontroller and proprietary analog and interface products have remained relatively 
constant, while average selling prices of our Serial EEPROM and non-proprietary analog and interface products have 
declined over time. 

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, modest pricing declines in certain of our more mature 

proprietary product lines, due primarily to competitive conditions.  We have been able to moderate average selling price 
declines in many of our proprietary product lines by continuing to introduce new products with more features and higher 
prices.  However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in the future.  We have experienced in the past and 
expect to continue to experience in the future varying degrees of competitive pricing pressures in our Serial EEPROM and 
non-proprietary analog products. 

We may be unable to maintain average selling prices for our products as a result of increased pricing pressure in the 

future, which could adversely impact our operating results. 

  11

Our business is dependent on selling through distributors. 

Sales through distributors accounted for approximately 64% of our net sales in fiscal 2008 and 65% of our net sales in 
each of fiscal 2007 and 2006.  Our largest distributor accounted for approximately 12% of our net sales in fiscal 2008, 11% of 
our net sales in fiscal 2007 and 13% of our net sales in fiscal 2006.  Our two largest distributors accounted for approximately 
19% of our net sales in fiscal 2008, 21% of our net sales in fiscal 2007 and 24% of our net sales in fiscal 2006.  We do not 
have long-term agreements with our distributors and we and our distributors may each terminate our relationship with little or 
no advance notice. 

On February 4, 2008, we terminated our distributor Arrow Electronics and announced that we had partnered with Avnet 

Electronics Marketing and Future Electronics to provide our global distribution services.  We believe that these two global 
distributors combined with our regional and specialty distributor partners will have a positive long-term impact in supporting 
the technical and commercial support needs of our customers.  Our net sales of product sold by Arrow Electronics in the year 
ended March 31, 2008 represented approximately 7% of our net sales.  Although we do not believe the termination of Arrow 
Electronics will have a material adverse impact on our net sales, there can be no assurance as to what the long-term or short-
term impact on us will be as a result of these recent actions. 

During fiscal 2006, we reduced the gross margin that certain of our distributors earn when they sell our products.  We 

reduced these distributors’ gross margins because we believed these distributors did not have sufficient technical sales 
resources to properly address the marketplace for our products.  Since fiscal 2006, we have added over 150 technical sales 
employees and added new regional distributors throughout our worldwide sales organization to address the support 
requirements for both our OEM and distribution customers.  Although these actions have not had a material adverse impact 
on the overall effectiveness of our distribution channel, there can be no assurance that there will not be an adverse impact in 
the future. 

During an industry and/or economic downturn, it is possible there will be an oversupply of products, and a decrease in 
sell-through by our distributors.  The decline in sell-through of our products by, loss of, or a disruption in the operations of, 
one or more of our distributors could reduce our net sales in a given period and could result in an increase in inventory 
returns. 

Our success depends on our ability to introduce new products on a timely basis. 

Our future operating results will depend on our ability to develop and introduce new products on a timely basis that can 
compete effectively on the basis of price and performance and which address customer requirements. The success of our new 
product introductions depends on various factors, including, but not limited to: 

• 
• 
• 

proper new product selection; 
timely completion and introduction of new product designs; 
availability of development and support tools and collateral literature that make complex new products easy for 
engineers to understand and use; and 

•  market acceptance of our customers’ end products. 

Because our products are complex, we have experienced delays from time to time in completing development of new 
products. In addition, our new products may not receive or maintain substantial market acceptance.  We may be unable to 
design, develop and introduce competitive products on a timely basis, which could adversely impact our future operating 
results. 

Our success also depends upon our ability to develop and implement new design and process technologies. 

Semiconductor design and process technologies are subject to rapid technological change and require significant R&D 
expenditures. We and other companies in the industry have, from time to time, experienced difficulties in effecting transitions 
to advanced process technologies and, consequently, have suffered reduced manufacturing yields or delays in product 
deliveries.  Our future operating results could be adversely affected if any transition to future process technologies is 
substantially delayed or inefficiently implemented. 

We must attract and retain qualified personnel to be successful, and competition for qualified personnel is intense in our 
market. 

Our success depends upon the efforts and abilities of our senior management, engineering and other personnel.  The 

competition for qualified engineering and management personnel is intense. 

We may be unsuccessful in retaining our existing key personnel or in attracting and retaining additional key personnel 
that we require.  The loss of the services of one or more of our key personnel or the inability to add key personnel could harm 
our business.  We have no employment agreements with any member of our senior management team.  As a result of the 
anticipated impact that the adoption of SFAS No. 123R in our first fiscal quarter of 2007 would have on our results of 

  12

operations, we changed our equity compensation program during fiscal 2006.  We now grant fewer equity-based shares per 
employee and the type of equity instrument is generally restricted stock units rather than stock options.  This change in our 
equity compensation program may make it more difficult for us to attract or retain qualified management and engineering 
personnel, which could have an adverse effect on our business. 

We are dependent on several contractors to perform key manufacturing functions for us. 

We use several contractors located in Asia for a portion of the assembly and testing of our products. We also rely on 

outside wafer foundries for a portion of our wafer fabrication.  Although we own the majority of our manufacturing 
resources, the disruption or termination of any of our contractors could harm our business and operating results. 

Our use of third parties involves some reduction in our level of control over the portions of our business that we 

subcontract.  Our future operating results could suffer if any contractor were to experience financial, operations or production 
difficulties or situations when demand exceeds capacity, or if they were unable to maintain manufacturing yields, assembly 
and test yields and costs at approximately their current levels, or if due to their locations in foreign countries they were to 
experience political upheaval or infrastructure disruption.  Further, procurement of required products and services from third 
parties is done by purchase order and contracts.  If these third parties are unable or unwilling to timely deliver products or 
services conforming to our quality standards, we may not be able to qualify additional manufacturing sources for our 
products in a timely manner or at all, and such arrangements, if any, may not be on favorable terms to us.  In such event, we 
could experience an interruption in production, an increase in manufacturing and production costs, decline in product 
reliability, and our business and operating results could be adversely affected. 

We may lose sales if our suppliers of raw materials and equipment fail to meet our needs. 

Our semiconductor manufacturing operations require raw materials and equipment that must meet exacting standards.  

We generally have more than one source for these supplies, but there are only a limited number of suppliers capable of 
delivering various raw materials and equipment that meet our standards.  The raw materials and equipment necessary for our 
business could become more difficult to obtain as worldwide use of semiconductors in product applications increases. We 
have experienced supply shortages from time to time in the past, and on occasion our suppliers have told us they need more 
time than expected to fill our orders or that they will no longer support certain equipment with updates or spare and 
replacements parts.  An interruption of any raw materials or equipment sources, or the lack of supplier support for a particular 
piece of equipment, could harm our business. 

Our operating results may be impacted by both seasonality and the wide fluctuations of supply and demand in the 
semiconductor industry. 

The semiconductor industry is characterized by seasonality and wide fluctuations of supply and demand.  Since a 

significant portion of our revenue is from consumer markets and international sales, our business may be subject to 
seasonally lower revenues in the third and fourth quarters of our fiscal year.  However, fluctuations in our overall business in 
certain recent periods and semiconductor industry conditions have had a more significant impact on our results than 
seasonality, and has made it difficult to assess the impact of seasonal factors on our business.  The industry has also 
experienced significant economic downturns, characterized by diminished product demand and production over-capacity.  
We have sought to reduce our exposure to this industry cyclically by selling proprietary products that cannot be easily or 
quickly replaced, to a geographically diverse base of customers across a broad range of market segments.  However, we have 
experienced substantial period-to-period fluctuations in operating results and expect, in the future, to experience period-to-
period fluctuations in operating results due to general industry or economic conditions. 

 We are exposed to various risks related to legal proceedings or claims. 

We are currently, and in the future may be, involved in legal proceedings or claims regarding patent infringement, 
intellectual property rights, contracts and other matters.  As is typical in the semiconductor industry, we receive notifications 
from customers from time to time who believe that we owe them indemnification or other obligations related to infringement 
claims made against the customers by third parties.  These legal proceedings and claims, whether with or without merit, could 
result in substantial cost to us and divert our resources.  If we are not able to resolve a claim, negotiate a settlement of a 
matter, obtain necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, reengineer our products or processes to avoid 
infringement, and/or successfully prosecute or defend our position, we could incur uninsured liability in any of them, be 
required to take an appropriate charge to operations, be enjoined from selling a material portion of our product line or using 
certain processes, suffer a reduction or elimination in value of inventories, and our business, financial condition or results of 
operations could be harmed. 

It is also possible that from time to time we may be subject to claims related to the performance or use of our products.  
These claims may be due to products nonconformance to our specifications, or specifications agreed upon with the customer, 
changes in our manufacturing processes, and unexpected end customer system issues due to the interaction with our products 
or insufficient design or testing by our customers.  We could incur significant expenses related to such matters, including 

  13

costs related to writing off the value of inventory of defective products; recalling defective products; providing support 
services, product replacements, or modification to products; the defense of such claims; diversion of resources from other 
projects; lost revenue or delay in recognition of revenue due to cancellation of orders and unpaid receivables; customer 
imposed fines or penalties for failure to meet contractual requirements; and a requirement to pay damages.   

Because the systems into which our products are integrated have a higher cost of goods than the products we sell, these 
expenses and damages may be significantly higher than the sales and profits we received from the products involved.  While 
we specifically exclude consequential damages in our standard terms and conditions, our ability to avoid such liabilities may 
be limited by applicable law.  We do have product liability insurance, but we do not expect that insurance will cover all 
claims or be of a sufficient amount to fully protect against such claims.  Costs or payments we may make in connection with 
these customer claims may adversely affect the results of our operations. 

Further, we sell to customers in industries such as automotive, aerospace, and medical, where failure of their systems 

could cause damage to property or persons.  We may be subject to customer claims if our products, or interactions with our 
products, cause the system failures.  We will face increased exposure to customer claims if there are substantial increases in 
either the volume of our sales into these applications or the frequency of system failures caused by our products. 

Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could result in lost revenue or market opportunities. 

Our ability to obtain patents, licenses and other intellectual property rights covering our products and manufacturing 

processes is important for our success. To that end, we have acquired certain patents and patent licenses and intend to 
continue to seek patents on our inventions and manufacturing processes. The process of seeking patent protection can be long 
and expensive, and patents may not be issued from currently pending or future applications.  In addition, our existing patents 
and any new patents that are issued may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any 
commercial advantage to us.  We may be subject to or may ourselves initiate interference proceedings in the U.S. Patent and 
Trademark Office, which can require significant financial and management resources.  In addition, the laws of certain foreign 
countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.  Infringement of 
our intellectual property rights by a third party could result in uncompensated lost market and revenue opportunities for us. 

We do not typically have long-term contracts with our customers. 

We do not typically enter into long-term contracts with our customers and we cannot be certain about future order levels 
from our customers.  When we do enter into customer contracts, the contract is generally cancelable at the convenience of the 
customer.  Even though we have approximately 60,000 end customers and our ten largest customers made up approximately 
9% of our total revenue for the year ended March 31, 2008, cancellation of customer contracts could have an adverse 
financial impact on our revenue and profits. 

Further, as the practice has become more commonplace in the industry, we have entered into contracts with certain 
customers that differ from our standard terms of sale.  Under these contracts we commit to supply quantities of products on 
scheduled delivery dates.  If we become unable to supply the customer as required under the contract, the customer may incur 
additional production costs, lost revenues due to subsequent delays in their own manufacturing schedule, or quality related 
issues.  Under these contracts, we may be liable for the costs the customer has incurred.  While we try to limit such liabilities, 
if they should arise, there may be a material adverse impact on our results of operation and financial condition. 

Business interruptions could harm our business. 

Operations at any of our manufacturing facilities, or at any of our wafer fabrication or test and assembly subcontractors, 

may be disrupted for reasons beyond our control, including work stoppages, power loss, incidents of terrorism or security 
risk, political instability, public health issues, telecommunications, transportation or other infrastructure failure, fire, 
earthquake, floods, or other natural disasters.  If operations at any of our facilities, or our subcontractors’ facilities are 
interrupted, we may not be able to shift production to other facilities on a timely basis.  If this occurs, we would likely 
experience delays in shipments of products to our customers and alternate sources for production may be unavailable on 
acceptable terms.  This could result in reduced revenues and profits and the cancellation of orders or loss of customers.  In 
addition, business interruption insurance will likely not be enough to compensate us for any losses that may occur and any 
losses or damages incurred by us as a result of business interruptions could significantly harm our business. 

We are highly dependent on foreign sales and operations, which exposes us to foreign political and economic risks. 

Sales to foreign customers account for a substantial portion of our net sales. During fiscal 2008, approximately 75% of 
our net sales were made to foreign customers.  During fiscal 2007, approximately 74% of our net sales were made to foreign 
customers.  We purchase a substantial portion of our raw materials and equipment from foreign suppliers.  In addition, we 
own product assembly and testing facilities located near Bangkok, Thailand, which has experienced periods of political 
uncertainty in the past.  We also use various foreign contractors for a portion of our assembly and testing and for a portion of 
our wafer fabrication requirements.  Substantially all of our finished goods inventory is maintained in Thailand. 

  14

Fluctuations in foreign currency could impact our operating results.  We use forward currency exchange contracts to 
reduce the adverse earnings impact from the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on our non-U.S. dollar net balance sheet 
exposures.  Nevertheless, in periods when the U.S. dollar significantly fluctuates in relation to the non-U.S. currencies in 
which we transact business, the remeasurement of non-U.S. dollar transactions can have an adverse effect on our results of 
operations and financial condition. 

Our reliance on foreign operations, foreign suppliers, maintenance of substantially all of our finished goods in inventory 
at foreign locations and significant foreign sales exposes us to foreign political and economic risks, including, but not limited 
to: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

political, social and economic instability; 
public health conditions; 
trade restrictions and changes in tariffs; 
import and export license requirements and restrictions; 
difficulties in staffing and managing international operations; 
employment regulations; 
disruptions in international transport or delivery; 
difficulties in collecting receivables; 
economic slowdown in the worldwide markets served by us; and 
potentially adverse tax consequences. 

If any of these risks materialize, our sales could decrease and/or our operating results could suffer. 

A portion of our short-term investment portfolio is invested in auction rate securities.  Recent auctions for these securities 
have failed and our investment in these securities is not liquid. If the issuer is unable to successfully close future auctions 
or their credit rating deteriorates, we may be required to further adjust the carrying value of our investment through an 
impairment charge to earnings. 

At March 31, 2008, $59.7 million of our investment portfolio was invested in auction rate securities. Historically, the 

carrying value of auction rate securities approximated fair value due to the frequent resetting of the interest rates.  If an 
auction fails for amounts we have invested, our investment will not be liquid.  With the recent liquidity issues experienced in 
the global credit and capital markets, our auction rate securities have experienced multiple failed auctions.  In 
September 2007 and February 2008, auctions for $24.9 million and $34.8 million, respectively, of the original purchase value 
of our investments in auction rate securities had failed.  While we earn interest on these investments based on a pre-
determined formula with spreads tied to particular interest rate indexes, the estimated market value for a portion of these 
auction rate securities no longer approximates the original purchase value. 

The $24.9 million in failed auctions during September 2007 are all either AA or AAA rated by Standard & Poors and all 

but $2.5 million of the securities possesses credit enhancement in the form of insurance for principal and interest. The 
underlying characteristics of $22.4 million of these auction rate securities relate to servicing statutory requirements in the life 
insurance industry and $2.5 million relate to a specialty finance company that has a AAA rating from Standard & Poors and 
the issue we own has a AA rating from Standard & Poors.  The $24.9 million in failed auctions have continued to fail through 
May 23, 2008.  As a result, we will not be able to access such funds until a future auction on these investments is successful.  
The fair value of the failed auction rate securities has been estimated based on market information and estimates determined 
by management and could change significantly based on market conditions.  Based on the estimated values, we concluded 
these investments were other than temporarily impaired and recognized an impairment charge on these investments of $2.4 
million during fiscal 2008.  If the issuers are unable to successfully close future auctions or if their credit ratings deteriorate, 
we may be required to further adjust the carrying value of the investments through an impairment charge to earnings. 

The $34.8 million in failed auctions during February 2008 are investments in student loan-backed municipal bond 
auction rate securities.  Based upon our evaluation of available information, we believe these investments are of high credit 
quality, as all of the investments carry at least two AAA credit ratings and are largely backed by the federal government 
(Federal Family Education Loan Program).  The fair value of the failed auction rate securities has been estimated based on 
market information and estimates determined by management and could change significantly based on market conditions. 

We continue to monitor the market for auction rate securities and consider its impact (if any) on the fair market value of 

our investments.  If the market conditions deteriorate further, we may be required to record additional unrealized losses in 
other comprehensive income or impairment charges.  We intend and have the ability to hold these auction rate securities until 
the market recovers as we do not anticipate having to sell these securities to fund the operations of our business.  We believe 
that, based on our current unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities balances, the current lack 
of liquidity in the markets for auction rate securities will not have a material impact on our liquidity, cash flow or our ability 
to fund our operations. 

  15

Interruptions in information technology systems could adversely affect our business. 

We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of complex information technology systems and networks to operate 
our business.  Any significant system or network disruption, including but not limited to computer viruses, security breaches, 
or energy blackouts could have a material adverse impact on our operations, sales and operating results.  We have 
implemented measures to manage our risks related to such disruptions, but such disruptions could negatively impact our 
operations and financial results.  In addition, we may incur additional costs to remedy the damages caused by these 
disruptions or security breaches. 

The occurrence of events for which we are self-insured, or which exceed our insurance limits may adversely affect our 
profitability and liquidity. 

We have insurance contracts with independent insurance companies related to many different types of risk; however, we 

self-insure for some risks and obligations. In these circumstances, we have determined that it is more cost effective to self-
insure certain risks than to pay the increased premium costs in place since the disruption in the insurance market after the 
events of September 11, 2001. The risks and exposures that we self-insure include, but are not limited to, certain property, 
product defects, political risks, and patent infringement. Should there be a loss or adverse judgment or other decision in an 
area for which we are self-insured, then our financial condition, result of operations and liquidity may be adversely affected. 

We are subject to stringent environmental regulations, which may force us to incur significant expenses. 

We must comply with many different federal, state, local and foreign governmental regulations related to the use, 
storage, discharge and disposal of toxic, volatile or otherwise hazardous chemicals used in our products and manufacturing 
process.  Our failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in the imposition of fines, suspension of 
production or a cessation of operations.  Such environmental regulations have required us in the past and could require us in 
the future to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant expenses to comply with such regulations.  Any failure by 
us to control the use of or adequately restrict the discharge of hazardous substances could subject us to future liabilities.  
Environmental problems may occur that could subject us to future costs or liabilities. 

Over the past few years, there has been an expansion in environmental laws focusing on reducing or eliminating 
hazardous substances in electronic products.  For example, the EU RoHS Directive provided that beginning July 1, 2006, 
electronic products sold into Europe were required to meet stringent chemical restrictions, including the absence of lead.  
Other countries, such as the United States, China and Korea, have enacted or may enact laws or regulations similar to those 
of the EU.  These and other future environmental regulations could require us to reengineer certain of our existing products 
and may make it more expensive for us to manufacture and sell our products.  Over the last several years, the number and 
complexity of laws focused on the energy efficiency of electronic products and accessories; the recycling of electronic 
products; and the reduction in quantity and the recycling of packaging materials have expanded significantly.  It may be 
difficult for us to timely comply with these laws and we may not have sufficient quantities of compliant materials to meet 
customers’ needs, thereby adversely impacting our sales and profitability.  We may also have to write off inventory in the 
event that we hold inventory that is not saleable as a result of changes to regulations.  We expect these trends to continue.  In 
addition, we anticipate increased customer requirements to meet voluntary criteria related to reduction or elimination of 
hazardous substances in our products and energy efficiency measures. 

Regulatory authorities in jurisdictions into which we ship our products could levy fines or restrict our ability to export 
products. 

A significant portion of our sales are made outside of the United States through exporting and re-exporting of products.  

In addition to local jurisdictions’ export regulations, our U.S. manufactured products or products based on U.S. technology 
are subject to Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”) when exported and re-exported to and from all international 
jurisdictions.  Licenses or proper license exceptions may be required for the shipment of our products to certain countries.  
Non-compliance with the EAR or other export regulations can result in penalties including denial of export privileges, fines, 
criminal penalties, and seizure of products.  Such penalties could have a material adverse effect on our business including our 
ability to meet our net sales and earnings targets. 

The outcome of currently ongoing and future examinations of our income tax returns by the IRS could have an adverse 
effect on our results of operations. 

We are subject to continued examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax 
authorities for fiscal year 2002 and later.  We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these 
examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes.  There can be no assurance that the outcomes 
from these continuing examinations will not have an adverse effect on our future operating results. 

  16

The future trading price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors. 

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated significantly in the past and is likely to fluctuate in the future.  The 

future trading price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, many of 
which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to: 

quarterly variations in our operating results and the operating results of other technology companies; 
actual or anticipated announcements of technical innovations or new products by us or our competitors; 
changes in analysts’ estimates of our financial performance or buy/sell recommendations; 
changes in our financial guidance or our failure to meet such guidance; 
general conditions in the semiconductor industry; and 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
•  worldwide economic and financial conditions. 

In addition, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the 

market prices for many high technology companies and that often have been unrelated to the operating performance of such 
companies.  These broad market fluctuations and other factors may harm the market price of our common stock. 

In the event we make acquisitions, we may not be able to successfully integrate such acquisitions or attain the anticipated 
benefits. 

While acquisitions do not represent a major part of our growth strategy, from time to time we may consider strategic 
acquisitions if such opportunities arise.  Any transactions that we complete may involve a number of risks, including: the 
diversion of our management’s attention from our existing business to integrate the operations and personnel of the acquired 
business, or possible adverse effects on our operating results during the integration process.  In addition, we may not be able 
to successfully or profitably integrate, operate, maintain and manage any newly acquired operations or employees.  We may 
not be able to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies, and this may lead to operational inefficiencies. 

We have not historically maintained substantial levels of indebtedness, and our financial condition and results of 
operations could be adversely affected if we do not effectively manage our liabilities. 

As a result of our sale of $1.15 billion of 2.125% junior subordinated convertible debentures in December 2007, we have a 
substantially greater amount of long-term debt than we have maintained in the past.  Our maintenance of substantial levels of 
debt could adversely affect our flexibility to take advantage of corporate opportunities and could adversely affect our 
financial condition and results of operations.  We may need or desire to refinance all or a portion of our debentures or any other 
future indebtedness that we incur on or before the maturity of the debentures.  There can be no assurance that we will be able to 
refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. 

Conversion of our debentures will dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders, including holders who had 
previously converted their debentures. 

The conversion of some or all of our outstanding debentures will dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders to 

the extent we deliver common stock upon conversion of the debentures.  Upon conversion, we may satisfy our conversion 
obligation by delivering cash, shares of common stock or any combination, at our option.  If upon conversion we elect to deliver 
cash for the lesser of the conversion value and principal amount of the debentures, we would pay the holder the cash value of the 
applicable number of shares of our common stock.  If the conversion value of a debenture exceeds the principal amount of the 
debenture, we may also elect to deliver in cash in lieu of common stock for the conversion value in excess of one thousand dollars 
principal amount (conversion spread).  There would be no adjustment to the numerator in the net income per common share 
computation for the cash settled portion of the debentures as that portion of the debt instrument will always be settled in cash.  The 
conversion spread will be included in the denominator for the computation of diluted net income per common share.  Any sales in 
the public market of any common stock issuable upon such conversion could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our 
common stock.  In addition, the existence of the debentures may encourage short selling by market participants because the 
conversion of the debentures could be used to satisfy short positions, or anticipated conversion of the debentures into shares of our 
common stock could depress the price of our common stock. 

There will likely be potential new accounting pronouncements or regulatory rulings which may have an adverse impact on our 
future financial condition and results of operations. 

There will likely be potential new accounting pronouncements of regulatory rulings, which may have an adverse impact 

on our future financial condition and results of operations.  For example, in May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff 
Position (FSP) No. APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments that May be Settled in Cash  upon Conversion 
(Including Partial Cash Settlement) (FSP APB 14-1), that alters the accounting treatment for convertible debt that allows for 
either mandatory or optional cash settlements, including our outstanding debentures.  The FSP requires the issuer to 
separately account for the liability and equity components of the instrument in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic 

  17

interest cost.  Further, the FSP will require bifurcation of a component of the debt, classification of that component as equity, 
and then accretion of the resulting discount on the debt to result in the “economic interest cost” being reflected in the 
condensed consolidated statements of operations.  In issuing this FSP, the FASB emphasized that the FSP will be applied to 
the terms of the instruments as they exited for the time periods existed, therefore, the application of the FSP would be 
applied retrospectively to all periods presented.  The FSP is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, 
and will require retrospective application.  We will be required to implement the proposed standard during the first quarter 
of fiscal 2010, which begins on April 1, 2009.  Although FSP APB 14-1 will have no impact on our actual past or future 
cash flows, it would require us to record a significant amount of non-cash interest expense as the debt discount is amortized.  
In addition, if our convertible debt is redeemed or converted prior to maturity, any unamortized debt discount would result 
in a loss on extinguishment.  As a result, there could be a material adverse impact on our results of operations and earnings 
per share.  These impacts could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock and the trading price of our 
debentures.  

Item 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

Item 2. 

PROPERTIES 

At March 31, 2008, we owned the facilities described below: 

Location 
Chandler, Arizona 

Tempe, Arizona 

Gresham, Oregon 

Approximate  
Total Sq. Ft. 
415,000 

379,000 

826,500 

Chacherngsao, Thailand (1) 

290,000 

Uses 

Executive and Administrative Offices; Wafer Probe; 
R&D Center; Sales and Marketing; and Computer and 
Service Functions 

Wafer Fabrication (Fab 2); R&D Center; 
Administrative Offices; and Warehousing 

Wafer Fabrication (Fab 4), R&D Center, Administrative 
Offices, and Warehousing 

Test and Assembly; Wafer Probe; Sample Center; 
Warehousing; and Administrative Offices 

(1)  Located in the Alphatechnopolis Industrial Park near Bangkok on land to which title was acquired by us in the fourth quarter 
of fiscal 2008.  Obtaining full title of the land had been delayed due to a bankruptcy relating to the seller of the land.   

We own a 67,174 square foot building in Bangalore, India which is used for research and development, marketing 

support and other administrative functions. 

In addition to the facilities we own, we lease several research and development facilities and sales offices in North 
America, Europe and Asia.  Our aggregate monthly rental payment for our leased facilities is approximately $0.5 million. 

We currently believe that our existing facilities will be adequate to meet our production requirements for the next 12 

months. 

Item 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In the ordinary course of our business, we are involved in a limited number of legal actions, both as plaintiff and 
defendant, and could incur uninsured liability in any one or more of them.  On April 18, 2008, LSI Logic and its wholly 
owned subsidiary Agere, filed both an action with the International Trade Commission and a complaint in the Eastern District 
of Texas alleging patent infringement by Microchip and 17 other semiconductor and foundry companies.  These actions 
seek monetary damages and injunctive relief against the allegedly infringing products.  Due to the very early stage of these 
proceedings, the outcome of these actions is not presently determinable, and therefore we can make no assessment of their  

  18

 
 
 
 
 
materiality.  Microchip intends to vigorously defend its rights in these matters.  We periodically receive notification from 
various third parties alleging infringement of patents, intellectual property rights or other matters.  With respect to these and 
other pending legal actions to which we are a party, although the outcome of these actions is not presently determinable, we 
believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not harm our business and will not have a material adverse effect on 
our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.  Litigation relating to the semiconductor industry is not uncommon, 
and we are, and from time to time have been, subject to such litigation.   No assurances can be given with respect to the 
extent or outcome of any such litigation in the future. 

Item 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

Not applicable. 

  19

 
PART II 

Item 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “MCHP.”  Our common stock has been 
quoted on such market since our initial public offering on March 19, 1993.  The following table sets forth the quarterly high 
and low closing prices of our common stock as reported by NASDAQ for our last two fiscal years. 

Fiscal 2008 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

High 
$42.06 
$39.53 
$36.92 
$34.56 

Low 
$35.47 
$36.31 
$27.57 
$26.86 

Fiscal 2007 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

High 
$38.15 
34.88 
34.83 
37.49 

Low 
$31.79 
31.11 
31.40 
33.21 

Stock Price Performance Graph 

The following graph and table show a comparison of the five-year cumulative total stockholder return, calculated on a 

dividend reinvestment basis, for Microchip Technology, The Nasdaq Composite Index, and the Philadelphia Semiconductor 
Index. 

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Microchip Technology Incorporated, The NASDAQ Composite Index and The Philadelphia Semiconductor Index

$200

$180

$160

$140

$120

$100

$80

$60

$40

$20

$0

Microchip Technology Incorporated

NASDAQ Composite

Philadelphia Semiconductor

3/03

3/04

3/05

3/06

3/07

3/08

*$100 invested on 3/31/03 in stock or index - including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending March 31.

Cumulative Total Return 
March 2003  March 2004  March 2005  March 2006  March 2007  March 2008 

Microchip Technology Incorporated 
NASDAQ Composite 
Philadelphia Semiconductor Index 

100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

133.30 
151.41 
170.76 

132.21 
152.88 
146.74 

187.86 
181.51 
161.55 

189.14 
190.24 
154.91 

180.35 
177.63 
141.59 

Data acquired by Research Data Group, Inc. (www.researchdatagroup.com) 

  20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On May 16, 2008, there were approximately 399 holders of record of our common stock.  This figure does not reflect 

beneficial ownership of shares held in nominee names. 

We have been declaring and paying quarterly cash dividends on our common stock since the third quarter of fiscal 2003.  

Our total cash dividends paid were $252.0 million, $207.9 million and $120.1 million in fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006, 
respectively.  The following table sets forth our quarterly cash dividends per common share and the total amount of the 
dividend payment for each quarter in fiscal 2008 and 2007 (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts). 

Fiscal 2008 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

Dividends per 
Common 
Share 
0.280 
0.295 
0.310 
0.320 

$ 

Amount of  
Dividend  
Payment 
$ 61,119 
  64,095 
  66,378 
  60,367 

Fiscal 2007 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

Dividends per 
Common 
Share 

$ 

0.215 
0.235 
0.250 
0.265 

Amount of 
Dividend 
Payment 
$ 46,064 
  50,509 
  53,953 
  57,374 

On April 28, 2008, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.330 per share, which will be paid on May 27, 2008 to 
stockholders of record on May 12, 2008 and the total amount of such dividend is expected to be $60.9 million.  Our Board is 
free to change our dividend practices at any time and to increase or decrease the dividend paid, or not to pay a dividend, on 
our common stock on the basis of our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and future prospects, and 
other factors deemed relevant by our Board.  Our current intent is to provide for ongoing quarterly cash dividends depending 
upon market conditions and our results of operations. 

Please refer to “Item 12, Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners And Management And Related Stockholder 

Matters,” at page 42 below, for the information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K with respect to securities 
authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans at March 31, 2008. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The following table sets forth our purchases of our common stock in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and the footnote 

below the table designates the repurchase programs that the shares were purchased under: 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Period 

January 1 – January 31, 2008 
February 1 – February 29, 2008 
March 1 – March 31, 2008 
Total 

(a) Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 

200,000 
3,997,797 
1,300,000 
5,497,797 

(b) Average 
Price Paid per 
Share 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

31.81 
31.45 
31.69 
31.52 

(c) Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced Programs 

200,000 
3,997,797 
1,300,000 
5,497,797 

(d) Maximum 
Number of Shares 
that May Yet Be 
Purchased Under 
the Programs (1)(2) 
11,790,031 
7,792,234 
6,492,234 

(1)  On October 23, 2006, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 10 million shares of our common 

stock in the open market or privately negotiated transactions.  As of March 31, 2008, no shares of this authorization 
remained available to be purchased under this program. 

(2)  On December 11, 2007, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 10 million shares of our common 

stock in open market or privately negotiated transactions.  As of March 31, 2008, 6,492,234 shares of this 
authorization remained available to be purchased under this program.  There is no expiration date associated with 
this program. 

Our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 21,500,000 shares of our common stock concurrent with the junior 
subordinated convertible debenture transaction described in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements and no further 
shares are available to be repurchased under this authorization. 

  21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data for the five-year period ended March 31, 2008 in 
conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto and, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Items 7 and 8 of this Form 10-K.  Our consolidated statements of 
income data for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2008, and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 
2008 and 2007, are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. The 
statements of operations data for the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 and balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006, 
2005 and 2004 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included herein (for information 
below all amounts are in thousands, except per share data). 

Statement of Income Data: 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Special charges (1) 
Operating income 
Interest income (expense), net 
Other income (expense), net 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax provision 
Net income 
Basic net income per common share 
Diluted net income per common share 
Dividends declared per common share 
Basic common shares outstanding 
Diluted common shares outstanding 

2008 
$1,035,737 
  410,799 
  120,864 
  175,646 
26,763 
  301,665 
46,885 
2,435 
  350,985 
53,237 
$  297,748 
1.44 
$ 
1.40 
$ 
1.205 
$ 
  207,220 
  212,048 

2007 
$1,039,671 
  414,915 
  113,698 
  163,247 
--- 
  347,811 
52,967 
312 
  401,090 
44,061 
$  357,029 
1.66 
$ 
1.62 
$ 
0.965 
$ 
  215,498 
  220,848 

Balance Sheet Data: 

2008 
Working capital 
$1,526,649 
 2,512,307 
Total assets 
Long-term obligations, less current portion  1,150,128 
 1,036,223 
Stockholders’ equity 

2007 
$  828,817 
 2,269,541 
--- 
 2,004,368 

March 31, 
2006 
$  927,893 
  377,016 
94,926 
  129,587 
--- 
  326,364 
30,786 
2,035 
  359,185 
  116,816 
$  242,369
1.15 
$ 
1.13 
$ 
0.570 
$ 
  210,104 
  215,024 

March 31, 
2006 

$  509,860 
 2,350,596 
--- 
 1,726,189 

2005 
$  846,936 
362,961 
93,040 
111,188 
21,100 
258,647 
16,864 
1,757 
277,268 
63,483 
$  213,785 
1.03 
$ 
1.01 
$ 
0.208 
$ 
206,740 
211,962 

2004 
$  699,260 
349,301 
85,389 
92,411 
865 
171,294 
4,639 
1,963 
177,896 
40,634 
$  137,262
0.67 
$ 
0.65 
$ 
0.113 
$ 
206,032 
212,172 

2005 
$  768,683 
 1,817,554 
--- 
 1,485,734 

2004 
$  613,894 
  1,622,143 
--- 
  1,320,517 

(1)  There were no special charges during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2007 and 2006.  Detailed discussions of the 
special charges for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008 are contained in Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial 
Statements.  Detailed explanations of the special charges for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005 and 2004 are 
provided below.  The following table presents a summary of special charges for the five-year period ended 
March 31, 2008: 

Loss on sale of Fab 3 
Intellectual property settlement 
Contract cancellation, severance and other 
costs related to Fab 1 closure 

2008 
$   26,763 
--- 

$  

--- 

Year ended March 31, 
2006 

2005 

2007 

--- 
--- 

--- 

$  

---  $  
--- 

--- 
  21,100 

$  

--- 

--- 

2004 

--- 
--- 

865 

Totals 

$   26,763 

$  

--- 

$  

---  $   21,100 

$  

865 

  22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal 2005 Special Charges 

Settlement with U.S. Philips Corporation 

In fiscal 2005, we reached an agreement with U.S. Philips Corporation and Philips Electronics North America Corp. 
(together “Philips”) regarding patent license litigation between Philips and Microchip.  The agreement included dismissal of 
the then pending litigation and the cross-license of certain patents between Philips and Microchip.  We recorded a special 
charge of $21.1 million in the quarter that ended June 30, 2004 associated with this matter.  Pursuant to this cross-license, we 
licensed certain of our patents related to 8-pin microcontrollers to Philips, and Philips licensed its patents related to I2C serial 
communications to us, each on fully-paid up, non-royalty bearing worldwide licenses.  We finalized and executed the 
definitive settlement agreement related to this matter and made the cash payment to Philips during the fiscal quarter ending 
September 30, 2004. 

Fiscal 2004 Special Charges 

Closure of Fab 1 

On April 7, 2003, we announced our intention to close our Chandler, Arizona (Fab 1) wafer fabrication facility and 
integrate certain Fab 1 personnel and processes into its Tempe, Arizona (Fab 2) wafer fabrication facility.  We completed this 
integration process during the three-month period ended June 30, 2003.  The closure of Fab 1 and the integration of certain 
Fab 1 personnel into Fab 2 operations resulted in a reduction in force of 207 employees who were either directly involved in 
our manufacturing operations or provided support functions to Fab 1.  The detail of the charges incurred related to the closure 
of Fab 1 that were included in cost of sales for the three-month period ended June 30, 2003 is as follows (amounts in 
thousands): 

Accelerated depreciation for Fab 1 
Fab 1 related charges including severance, 
  material and other costs 
Total charges in cost of sales 

$  30,608 

1,147 
$  31,755 

The facility where Fab 1 was located is an integral part of our overall campus in Chandler, Arizona.  Within this same 

facility resides a portion of our wafer probe, mask making and other manufacturing related activities.  Consequently it is not 
possible to abandon or otherwise dispose of this facility.  We have accelerated depreciation that was taken only related to 
assets used in the wafer fabrication operations at the facility.  We have no specific plans for utilizing the space formerly 
housing the wafer fabrication operations, and intend to leave it in an idle state.  The property, plant and equipment that was 
subject to the accelerated depreciation is reflected in the gross and accumulated depreciation carrying values in the property, 
plant and equipment section of the our balance sheet and related footnote disclosures. 

We incurred $865,000 of special charges recorded principally for contract cancellation, severance and other costs related 

to the closure of Fab 1 and other actions. 

Item 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS  

Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements 

This report, including “Item 1 – Business,” “Item 1A – Risk Factors,” and “Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains certain forward-looking statements that involve risks 
and uncertainties, including statements regarding our strategy, financial performance and revenue sources.  We use words 
such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “future,” “intend” and similar expressions to identify forward-
looking statements.  These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding the following: 

•  The effects and amount of competitive pricing pressure on our product lines; 
•  Our ability to moderate future average selling price declines; 
•  The effect of product mix on gross margin; 
•  The amount of changes in demand for our products and those of our customers; 
•  The level of orders that will be received and shipped within a quarter; 
•  The effect that distributor and customer inventory holding patterns will have on us; 
•  Our belief that customers recognize our products and brand name and use distributors as an effective supply 

channel; 

  23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Our ability to increase the proprietary portion of our analog and interface product lines and the effect of such an 

increase; 

•  The impact of any supply disruption we may experience; 
•  Our ability to effectively utilize our facilities at appropriate capacity levels and anticipated costs; 
•  That our existing facilities and planned expansion activities provide sufficient capacity to respond to increases 

in demand; 

•  That manufacturing costs will be reduced by transition to advanced process technologies; 
•  Our ability to absorb fixed costs, labor and other direct manufacturing costs; 
•  Our ability to maintain manufacturing yields; 
•  Continuing our investments in new and enhanced products; 
•  The ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, and the accuracy of our assessment of the status of our 

employee relations; 

•  The cost effectiveness of using our own assembly and test operations; 
•  Our anticipated level of capital expenditures; 
•  The adequacy of our patent strategy; 
•  Continuation of quarterly cash dividends; 
•  The sufficiency of our existing sources of liquidity; 
•  The impact of seasonality on our business; 
•  The accuracy of our estimates used in valuing employee equity awards; 
•  That the resolution of legal actions will not harm our business, and the accuracy of our assessment of the 

probability of loss and range of potential loss; 

•  That the idling of assets will not impair the value of such assets; 
•  The recoverability of our deferred tax assets; 
•  The adequacy of our tax reserves to offset any potential tax liabilities, having the appropriate support for our 

income tax positions and the accuracy of our estimated tax rate; 

•  Our belief that the expiration of any tax holidays will not have a material impact; 
•  The accuracy of our estimates of the useful life and values of our property; 
•  The timing and amounts of future contractual obligations; 
•  The effect that expiration of any particular patent may have; 
•  Our ability to obtain intellectual property licenses and minimize the effects of litigation; 
•  The level of risk we are exposed to for product liability claims; 
•  The amount of labor unrest, political instability, governmental interference and changes in general economic 

conditions that we experience; 

•  The effect of fluctuations in market interest rates on income and/or cash flows;  
•  The effect of fluctuations in currency rates; 
•  Our ability to collect accounts receivable; 
•  Our belief that the combination of distributors we have chosen will support the needs of our customers and not 

adversely impact our net sales; 

•  Our belief that our investments in student loan auction rate municipal bond offerings are of high credit quality; 
•  Our ability to hold our fixed income investments and auction rate securities until the market recovers, and the 

immaterial impact this will have on our liquidity; 

•  The accuracy of our estimation of the cost effectivity of our insurance coverage; 
•  Our belief that our activities are conducted in compliance with environmental regulations; and 
•  Our belief that deferred cost of sales will have low risk of material impairment. 

Our actual results could differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of 

certain factors including those set forth in “Item 1A – Risk Factors,” and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.  Although we believe 
that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of 
activity, performance or achievements.  You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.  We 
disclaim any obligation to update information contained in any forward-looking statement. 

Introduction 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements and the 
related notes that appear elsewhere in this document, as well as with other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, 
including “Item 1 – Business;” “Item 6 – Selected Financial Data;” and “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data.” 

  24

 
We begin our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) with a 
summary of Microchip’s overall business strategy to give the reader an overview of the goals of our business and the overall 
direction of our business and products.  This is followed by a discussion of the Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 
that we believe are important to understanding the assumptions and judgments incorporated in our reported financial results.  
In the next section, beginning at page 30, we discuss our Results of Operations for fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007, and 
for fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006.  We then provide an analysis of changes in our balance sheet and cash flows, and 
discuss our financial commitments in sections titled “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” “Contractual Obligations” and “Off-
Balance Sheet Arrangements.” 

Strategy 

Our goal is to be a worldwide leader in providing specialized semiconductor products for a wide variety of embedded 
control applications.  Our strategic focus is on embedded control products, which include microcontrollers, high-performance 
linear and mixed signal devices, power management and thermal management devices, interface devices, Serial EEPROMs, 
 security devices.  We provide highly cost-effective embedded control products that also offer the 
and our patented KEELOQ
advantages of small size, high performance, low voltage/power operation and ease of development, enabling timely and cost-
effective embedded control product integration by our customers. 

We sell our products to a broad base of domestic and international customers across a variety of industries.  

The principal markets that we serve include consumer, automotive, industrial, office automation and telecommunications.  
Our business is subject to fluctuations based on economic conditions within these markets.  The recent weakness in 
the U.S. housing market and general economic conditions have adversely impacted our net sales to customers in the markets 
we serve. 

Our manufacturing operations include wafer fabrication and assembly and test.  The ownership of our manufacturing 
resources is an important component of our business strategy, enabling us to maintain a high level of manufacturing control 
resulting in us being one of the lowest cost producers in the embedded control industry.  By owning our wafer fabrication 
facilities and much of our assembly and test operations, and by employing statistical process control techniques, we have 
been able to achieve and maintain high production yields.  Direct control over manufacturing resources allows us to shorten 
our design and production cycles.  This control also allows us to capture the wafer manufacturing and a portion of the 
assembly and test profit margin. 

We employ proprietary design and manufacturing processes in developing our embedded control products.  We believe 

our processes afford us both cost-effective designs in existing and derivative products and greater functionality in new 
product designs.  While many of our competitors develop and optimize separate processes for their logic and memory 
product lines, we use a common process technology for both microcontroller and non-volatile memory products.  This allows 
us to more fully leverage our process research and development costs and to deliver new products to market more rapidly.  
Our engineers utilize advanced computer-aided design (CAD) tools and software to perform circuit design, simulation and 
layout, and our in-house photomask and wafer fabrication facilities enable us to rapidly verify design techniques by 
processing test wafers quickly and efficiently. 

We are committed to continuing our investment in new and enhanced products, including development systems, and in 
our design and manufacturing process technologies.  We believe these investments are significant factors in maintaining our 
competitive position.  Our current research and development activities focus on the design of new microcontrollers, digital 
signal controllers, memory and mixed-signal products, new development systems, software and application-specific software 
libraries.  We are also developing new design and process technologies to achieve further cost reductions and performance 
improvements in existing products. 

We market our products worldwide primarily through a network of direct sales personnel and distributors.  Our 

distributors focus primarily on servicing the product and technical support requirements of a broad base of diverse customers.  
We believe that our direct sales personnel combined with our distributors provide an effective means of reaching this broad 
and diverse customer base.  Our direct sales force focuses primarily on major strategic accounts in three geographical 
markets: the Americas, Europe and Asia.  We currently maintain sales and support centers in major metropolitan areas in 
North America, Europe and Asia.  We believe that a strong technical service presence is essential to the continued 
development of the embedded control market.  Many of our field sales engineers (FSEs), field application engineers (FAEs), 
and sales management have technical degrees and have been previously employed in an engineering environment.  We 
believe that the technical knowledge of our sales force is a key competitive advantage in the sale of our products.  The 
primary mission of our FAE team is to provide technical assistance to strategic accounts and to conduct periodic training 
sessions for FSEs and distributor sales teams.  FAEs also frequently conduct technical seminars for our customers in major 
cities around the world, and work closely with our distributors to provide technical assistance and end-user support. 

  25

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

General 

Our discussion and analysis of Microchip’s financial condition and results of operations is based upon our Consolidated 

Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America.  We review the accounting policies we use in reporting our financial results on a regular basis.  The 
preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of 
assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent liabilities.  On an ongoing basis, we evaluate 
our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, share-based compensation, inventories, investments, income 
taxes, property plant and equipment, impairment of property, plant and equipment, junior subordinated convertible 
debentures and litigation.  We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value 
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.  Results may differ from these estimates due to actual 
outcomes being different from those on which we based our assumptions.  We review these estimates and judgments on an 
ongoing basis.  We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates 
used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.  We also have other policies that we consider key accounting 
policies, such as our policy regarding revenue recognition to OEMs; however, we do not believe these policies require us to 
make estimates or judgments that are as difficult or subjective as our policies described below. 

Revenue Recognition - Distributors 

Our distributors worldwide generally have broad price protection and product return rights, so we defer revenue 
recognition until the distributor sells the product to their customer.  Revenue is recognized when the distributor sells the 
product to an end-user, at which time the sales price becomes fixed or determinable.  Revenue is not recognized upon 
shipment to our distributors since, due to discounts from list price as well as price protection rights, the sales price is not 
substantially fixed or determinable at that time.  At the time of shipment to these distributors, we record a trade receivable for 
the selling price as there is a legally enforceable right to payment, relieve inventory for the carrying value of goods shipped 
since legal title has passed to the distributor, and record the gross margin in deferred income on shipments to distributors on 
our consolidated balance sheets.  

Deferred income on shipments to distributors effectively represents the gross margin on the sale to the distributor; 
however, the amount of gross margin that we recognize in future periods could be less than the deferred margin as a result of  
credits granted to distributors on specifically identified products and customers to allow the distributors to earn a competitive 
gross margin on the sale of our products to their end customers and  price protection concessions related to market pricing 
conditions. 

We sell the majority of the items in our product catalog to our distributors worldwide at a uniform list price.  However, 
distributors resell our products to end customers at a very broad range of individually negotiated price points.  The majority 
of our distributors’ resales require a reduction from the original list price paid.  Often, under these circumstances, we remit 
back to the distributor a portion of their original purchase price after the resale transaction is completed in the form of a credit 
against the distributors’ outstanding accounts receivable balance.  The credits are on a per unit basis and are not given to the 
distributor until they provide information to us regarding the sale to their end customer.  The price reductions vary 
significantly based on the customer, product, quantity ordered, geographic location and other factors and discounts to a price 
less than our cost have historically been rare.  The effect of granting these credits establishes the net selling price to our 
distributors for the product and results in the net revenue recognized by us when the product is sold by the distributors to their 
end customers.  Thus, a portion of the “Deferred income on shipments to distributors” balance represents the amount of 
distributors’ original purchase price that will be credited back to the distributor in the future.  The wide range and variability 
of negotiated price concessions granted to distributors does not allow us to accurately estimate the portion of the balance in 
the deferred income on shipments to distributors account that will be credited back to the distributors.  Therefore, we do not 
reduce deferred income on shipments to distributors or accounts receivable by anticipated future concessions; rather, price 
concessions are typically recorded against deferred income on shipments to distributors and accounts receivable when 
incurred, which is generally at the time the distributor sells the product.  At March 31, 2008, we had approximately $130.4 
million of deferred revenue and $35.0 million in deferred cost of sales recognized as $95.4 million of deferred income on 
shipments to distributors.  At March 31, 2007, we had approximately $126.4 million of deferred revenue and $35.0 million of 
deferred cost of sales recognized as $91.4 million of deferred income on shipments to distributors.  The deferred income on 
shipments to distributors that will ultimately be recognized in our income statement will be lower than the amount reflected 
on the balance sheet due to additional price credits to be granted to the distributors when the product is sold to their 
customers.  These additional price credits historically have resulted in the deferred income approximating the overall gross 
margins that we recognize in the distribution channel of our business. 

  26

We reduce product pricing through price protection based on market conditions, competitive considerations and other 

factors.  Price protection is granted to distributors on the inventory they have on hand at the date the price protection is 
offered.  When we reduce the price of our products, it allows the distributor to claim a credit against its outstanding accounts 
receivable balances based on the new price of the inventory it has on hand as of the date of the price reduction.  There is no 
immediate revenue impact from the price protection, as it is reflected as a reduction of the deferred income on shipments to 
distributors’ balance. 

Products returned by distributors and subsequently scrapped have historically been immaterial to our consolidated results 

of operations.  We routinely evaluate the risk of impairment of the deferred cost of sales component of the deferred income 
on shipments to distributors account.  Because of the historically immaterial amounts of inventory that have been scrapped, 
and historically rare instances where discounts given to a distributor result in a price less than our cost, we believe the 
deferred costs are approximately recorded at their carrying value. 

Share-based Compensation 

In the first quarter of fiscal 2007, we adopted SFAS No. 123R, which requires the measurement at fair value and 

recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards, including grants of employee stock options, RSUs 
and employee stock purchase rights, to be recognized in our financial statements based on their respective grant date fair 
values.  Total share-based compensation in fiscal 2008 was $33.4 million, of which $26.7 million was reflected in operating 
expenses and $6.2 million was reflected in cost of goods sold.  Total share-based compensation which was included in 
inventory at March 31, 2008 was $3.8 million. 

Determining the appropriate fair-value model and calculating the fair value of share-based awards at the date of grant 
requires judgment.  The fair value of our RSUs is based on the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant 
discounted for expected future dividends.  We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of 
employee stock options and rights to purchase shares under stock participation plans, consistent with the provisions of 
SFAS No. 123R.  Option pricing models, including the Black-Scholes model, also require the use of input assumptions, 
including expected volatility, expected life, expected dividend rate, and expected risk-free rate of return.  We use a blend of 
historical and implied volatility based on options freely traded in the open market as we believe this is more reflective of 
market conditions and a better indicator of expected volatility than using purely historical volatility.  The expected life of the 
awards is based on historical and other economic data trended into the future. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based 
on observed interest rates appropriate for the terms of our awards.  The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and 
expectation of future dividend payouts.  SFAS No. 123R requires us to develop an estimate of the number of share-based 
awards which will be forfeited due to employee turnover.  Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a 
significant effect on reported share-based compensation, as the effect of adjusting the rate for all expense amortization after 
April 1, 2006 is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed.  If the actual forfeiture rate is higher than the 
estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to increase the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in a decrease 
to the expense recognized in the financial statements.  If the actual forfeiture rate is lower than the estimated forfeiture rate, 
then an adjustment is made to decrease the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in an increase to the expense 
recognized in the financial statements.  If forfeiture adjustments are made, they would affect our gross margin, research and 
development expenses, and selling, general, administrative expenses.  The effect of forfeiture adjustments in fiscal 2008 was 
immaterial. 

We evaluate the assumptions used to value our awards on a quarterly basis.  If factors change and we employ different 
assumptions, share-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the past.  If there are 
any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested securities, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel 
any remaining unearned share-based compensation expense.  Future share-based compensation expense and unearned share-
based compensation will increase to the extent that we grant additional equity awards to employees or we assume unvested 
equity awards in connection with acquisitions.  Had we adopted SFAS No. 123R in prior periods, the magnitude of the 
impact of that standard on our results of operations would have approximated the impact of SFAS No. 123 assuming the 
application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and pro forma 
net income per share in Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Inventories 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method.  We write down our inventory 
for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory in an amount equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and 
the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.  If actual market conditions 
are less favorable than those we projected, additional inventory write-downs may be required.  Inventory impairment charges 
establish a new cost basis for inventory and charges are not subsequently reversed to income even if circumstances later 
suggest that increased carrying amounts are recoverable.  In estimating our inventory obsolescence, we primarily evaluate 

  27

estimates of demand over a 12-month period and record impairment charges for inventory on hand in excess of the estimated 
12-month demand. 

Investments 

We classify our investments as trading securities or available-for-sale securities based upon management’s intent with 

regard to the investments and the nature of the underlying securities.   

Our trading securities consist of strategic investments in shares of publicly traded common stock and restricted cash 

representing cash collateral for put options we have sold on one of our trading securities.  Our investments in trading 
securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in other income, net.   

Our available-for-sale investments consist of government agency bonds, municipal bonds, auction rate securities (ARS) 

and corporate bonds.  Our investments are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in stockholders’ 
equity.  Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related available-for-sale security.  Dividend 
and interest income are recognized when earned.  The cost of securities sold is calculated using the specific identification 
method.   

We include within our short-term investments our trading securities, as well as our income yielding available-for-sale 
securities that can be readily converted to cash and includes within long-term investments those income yielding available-
for-sale securities with maturities of over one year that have unrealized losses attributable to them.  We have the ability to 
hold our long-term investments until such time as these assets are no longer impaired.  Such recovery is not expected to occur 
within the next year.   

Due to the lack of availability of observable market quotes on certain of the our investment portfolio of ARS, we utilize 

valuation models including those that are based on expected cash flow streams and collateral values, including assessments of 
counterparty credit quality, default risk underlying the security, discount rates and overall capital market liquidity. The 
valuation of our ARS investment portfolio is subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict.  Factors that may impact our 
ARS valuation include changes to credit ratings of the securities as well as to the underlying assets supporting those 
securities, rates of default of the underlying assets, underlying collateral value, discount rates, counterparty risk and ongoing 
strength and quality of market credit and liquidity.  

The credit markets continued to deteriorate in the second half of fiscal 2008.  If uncertainties in these markets continue, 

these markets deteriorate further or we experiences any additional ratings downgrades on any investments in our portfolio 
(including our ARS), we may incur additional impairments to our investment portfolio, which could negatively affect our 
financial condition, cash flow and reported earnings.  

Income Taxes 

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in 
each of the jurisdictions in which we operate.  This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure together with 
assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes.  These 
differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet.  We must 
then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income within the relevant 
jurisdiction and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance.  We have not 
provided for a valuation allowance because we believe that it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will be 
recovered from future taxable income.  Should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net 
deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period such 
determination was made.  At March 31, 2008, our gross deferred tax asset was $63.3 million. 

Various taxing authorities in the United States and other countries in which we do business are increasing their scrutiny 

of the tax structures employed by businesses.  Companies of our size and complexity are regularly audited by the taxing 
authorities in the jurisdictions in which they conduct significant operations.  We are currently under audit by the United 
States Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) for our fiscal years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.  We recognize liabilities 
for anticipated tax audit issues in the United States and other tax jurisdictions based on our estimate of whether, and the 
extent to which, additional tax payments are probable.  We believe that we maintain adequate tax reserves to offset any 
potential tax liabilities that may arise upon these and other pending audits in the United States and other countries in which 
we do business.  If such amounts ultimately prove to be unnecessary, the resulting reversal of such reserves would result in 
tax benefits being recorded in the period the reserves are no longer deemed necessary.  If such amounts ultimately prove to be 
less than an ultimate assessment, a future charge to expense would be recorded in the period in which the assessment is 
determined.   

  28

Property, Plant & Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance 

and repairs are expensed when incurred.  At March 31, 2008, the carrying value of our property and equipment totaled 
$522.3 million, which represents 20.8% of our total assets.  This carrying value reflects the application of our property and 
equipment accounting policies, which incorporate estimates, assumptions and judgments relative to the useful lives of our 
property and equipment.  Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, 
which range from five to seven years on manufacturing equipment and approximately 30 years on buildings.  

We began production activities at Fab 4 on October 31, 2003.  We began to depreciate the Fab 4 assets as they were 

placed in service for production purposes.  As of March 31, 2008, all of the buildings and supporting facilities were being 
depreciated as well as the manufacturing equipment that had been placed in service.  All manufacturing equipment that was 
not being used in production activities was maintained in projects in process and is not being depreciated until it is placed 
into service since management believes there will be no change to its utility from the present time until it is placed into 
productive service.  The lives to be used for depreciating this equipment at Fab 4 will be evaluated at such time as the assets 
are placed in service.  We do not believe that the temporary idling of such assets has impaired the estimated life or carrying 
values of the underlying assets. 

The estimates, assumptions and judgments we use in the application of our property and equipment policies reflect both 

historical experience and expectations regarding future industry conditions and operations.  The use of different estimates, 
assumptions and judgments regarding the useful lives of our property and equipment and expectations regarding future 
industry conditions and operations, could result in materially different carrying values of assets and results of operations. 

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment  

We assess whether indicators of impairment of long-lived assets are present.  If such indicators are present, we determine 

whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets in question is less than their carrying 
value.  If less, we recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their respective 
fair values.  Fair value is determined by discounted future cash flows, appraisals or other methods.  If the assets determined to 
be impaired are to be held and used, we recognize an impairment loss through a charge to our operating results to the extent 
the present value of anticipated net cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the asset’s carrying value, which we 
depreciate over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset. We may incur impairment losses, or additional losses on 
already impaired assets, in future periods if factors influencing our estimates change. 

Junior Subordinated Convertible Debentures 

We account for our junior subordinated convertible debentures and related provisions in accordance with the provisions 

of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue (EITF) No. 98-5, Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion 
Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios, EITF No. 00-27, Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain 
Convertible Instruments, EITF No. 00-19, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially 
Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock, EITF No. 01-6, The Meaning of “Indexed to a Company’s Own Stock”, and EITF No. 
04-08, The Effect of Contingently Convertible Debt on Diluted Earn.  We also evaluate the instruments in accordance with 
SFAS No. 133 (SFAS 133), Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, which requires bifurcation of 
embedded derivative instruments and measurement of fair value of accounting purposes.  EITF No. 04-08 requires us to 
include the dilutive effect of the shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding junior subordinated 
convertible debentures in our diluted income per share calculation regardless of whether the market price trigger or other 
contingent conversion feature has been met.  We apply the treasury stock method as we have the intent and current ability to 
settle the principal amount of the junior subordinated convertible debentures in cash.  This method results in incremental 
dilutive shares when the average fair value of our common stock for a reporting period exceeds the conversion price per share 
which was $33.81 at March 31, 2008 and adjusts as dividends are recorded in the future. 

Litigation 

Our current estimated range of liability related to pending litigation is based on the probable loss of claims for which we 

can estimate the amount and range of loss.  Recorded reserves were immaterial at March 31, 2008. 

Because of the uncertainties related to both the probability of loss and the amount and range of loss on our pending 

litigation, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of the liability that could result from an unfavorable outcome.  As 
additional information becomes available, we will assess the potential liability related to our pending litigation and revise our 
estimates.  Revisions in our estimates of the potential liability could materially affect our results of operation and financial 
position. 

  29

 
Results of Operations 

The following table sets forth certain operational data as a percentage of net sales for the years indicated: 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Special charges 
Operating income 

Net Sales 

2008 
100.0% 
  39.7%
  60.3% 
  11.7% 
  16.9% 
2.6%
  29.1%

Year Ended March 31, 
2007 
 100.0% 
  39.9%
  60.1% 
  10.9% 
  15.7% 
      ---%
  33.5%

2006 
 100.0% 
  40.6%
  59.4% 
  10.2% 
  14.0% 
      ---%
  35.2%

We operate in one industry segment and engage primarily in the design, development, manufacture and marketing of 
semiconductor products.  We sell our products to distributors and original equipment manufacturers, referred to as OEMs, in 
a broad range of market segments, perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and generally require no collateral.  
In certain circumstances, a customer’s financial condition may require collateral, and, in such cases, the collateral would be 
provided primarily by letters of credit. 

Our net sales of $1,035.7 million in fiscal 2008 decreased by $3.9 million, or 0.4%, over fiscal 2007, and net sales of 
$1,039.7 million in fiscal 2007 increased by $111.8 million, or 12.0%, over fiscal 2006.  The decrease in net sales in fiscal 
2008 compared to fiscal 2007 resulted primarily from adverse economic conditions in the markets we serve, particularly the 
housing and consumer markets.  The increase in net sales in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006 resulted primarily from 
increased demand, predominantly for our proprietary microcontroller and analog products.  Average selling prices for our 
products were down approximately 3% in fiscal 2008 over fiscal 2007 and were flat in fiscal 2007 over fiscal 2006.  The 
number of units of our products sold was up approximately 3% in fiscal 2008 over fiscal 2007 and up approximately 12% in 
fiscal 2007 over fiscal 2006.  The average selling prices and the unit volumes of our sales are impacted by the mix of our 
products sold and overall semiconductor market conditions.  We believe that we have continued to grow our percentage of 
market share in the embedded control market over the last three fiscal years.  Key factors in achieving the amount of net sales
during the last three fiscal years include: 

continued market share gains; 
increasing semiconductor content in our customers’ products; 
customers’ increasing needs for the flexibility offered by our programmable solutions; 
our new product offerings that have increased our served available market; 
increasing demand for our products; 
economic conditions in the markets we serve; and 
inventory holding patterns of our customers. 

Sales by product line for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Microcontrollers 
Memory products 
Analog and interface products 

2008 
$  832,921 
120,280 
82,536

80.4% 
11.6 
      8.0

2007 
$  834,293
122,748
82,630

80.2% 
11.8 
   8.0

2006 
$  736,179 
  125,335 
66,379

79.3% 
13.5 
    7.2

Year Ended March 31, 

Total Sales 

$  1,035,737

100.0% $  1,039,671

100.0% $  927,893

100.0%

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Microcontrollers 

Our microcontroller product line represents the largest component of our total net sales.  Microcontrollers and associated 

application development systems accounted for approximately 80.4% of our total net sales in fiscal 2008, approximately 
80.2% of our total net sales in fiscal 2007 and approximately 79.3% of our total net sales in fiscal 2006.   

Net sales of our microcontroller products decreased approximately 0.2% in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007, and 
increased approximately 13.3% in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006.  The decrease in net sales in fiscal 2008 compared to 
fiscal 2007 resulted primarily from adverse economic conditions in the markets we serve, particularly the housing and 
consumer markets.  The increase in net sales in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006 was primarily due to increased demand 
for our microcontroller products in end markets, driven principally by market share gains and those factors described above 
under “Net Sales” at page 30.  The end markets that we serve include the consumer, automotive, industrial control, 
communications and computing control markets. 

Historically, average selling prices in the semiconductor industry decrease over the life of any particular product.  The 

overall average selling prices of our microcontroller products have remained relatively constant over time due to the 
proprietary nature of these products.  We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, moderate pricing pressure 
in certain microcontroller product lines, primarily due to competitive conditions.  We have in the past been able to, and 
expect in the future to be able to, moderate average selling price declines in our microcontroller product lines by introducing 
new products with more features and higher prices.  We may be unable to maintain average selling prices for our 
microcontroller products as a result of increased pricing pressure in the future, which could adversely affect our operating 
results. 

Memory Products 

Sales of our memory products accounted for approximately 11.6% of our total net sales in fiscal 2008, approximately 

11.8% of our total net sales in fiscal 2007 and approximately 13.5% of our total net sales in fiscal 2006. 

Net sales of our memory products decreased approximately 2.0% in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007, and decreased 

approximately 2.1% in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006, driven primarily by customer demand conditions within the 
Serial EEPROM market, which products comprise substantially all of our memory product net sales. 

Serial EEPROM product pricing has historically been cyclical in nature, with steep price declines followed by periods of 
relative price stability, driven by changes in industry capacity at different stages of the business cycle.  We have experienced, 
and expect to continue to experience, varying degrees of competitive pricing pressures in our Serial EEPROM products.  We 
may be unable to maintain the average selling prices of our Serial EEPROM products as a result of increased pricing pressure 
in the future, which could adversely affect our operating results.  

Analog and Interface Products 

Sales of our analog and interface products accounted for approximately 8.0% of our total net sales in fiscal 2008, 
approximately 8.0% of our total net sales in fiscal 2007 and approximately 7.2% of our total net sales in fiscal 2006. 

Net sales of our analog and interface products were essentially flat in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007 and increased 
approximately 24.5% in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006.  The changes in net sales of our analog and interface products 
in these periods were driven primarily by economic conditions, market share gains and supply and demand conditions within 
the analog and interface market. 

Analog and interface products can be proprietary or non-proprietary in nature.  Currently, we consider more than half of 

our analog and interface product mix to be proprietary in nature, where prices are relatively stable, similar to the pricing 
stability experienced in our microcontroller products.  The non-proprietary portion of our analog and interface business will 
experience price fluctuations, driven primarily by the current supply and demand for those products.  We may be unable to 
maintain the average selling prices of our analog and interface products as a result of increased pricing pressure in the future, 
which could adversely affect our operating results.  We anticipate the proprietary portion of our analog and interface products 
will increase over time. 

Distribution 

Distributors accounted for 64% of our net sales in fiscal 2008 and 65% of our net sales in each of fiscal 2007 and 2006. 

Our largest distributor accounted for approximately 12% of our net sales in fiscal 2008, approximately 11% of our net 
sales in fiscal 2007 and approximately 13% of our net sales in fiscal 2006.  Our two largest distributors together accounted 
for 19% of our net sales in fiscal 2008, 21% of our net sales in fiscal 2007 and 24% of our net sales in fiscal 2006. 

  31

Generally, we do not have long-term agreements with our distributors and either party may terminate the relationship 
with little or no advanced notice.  The loss of, or the disruption in the operations of, one or more of our distributors could 
reduce our future net sales in a given quarter and could result in an increase in inventory returns.   

At March 31, 2008, distributors were maintaining an average of approximately 1.8 months of inventory of our products 

calculated based on the prior three months of their sell-through activity.  Over the past three fiscal years, the months of 
inventory maintained by our distributors have fluctuated between approximately 1.8 months and 2.5 months.  Thus, inventory 
levels at our distributors are at the low end of the range we have experienced over the last three years.  We do not believe that 
inventory holding patterns at our distributors will materially impact our net sales, due to the fact that we recognize revenue 
based on sell-through for all of our distributors. 

Sales by Geography 

Sales by geography for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Americas 
Europe 
Asia 

2008 
$   273,363 
  308,171 
  454,203 

Year Ended March 31, 

2007 

26.4%  $   287,371 
  302,708 
29.8 
  449,592 
43.8 

27.6% 
29.1 
  43.3 

2006 
$   266,353 
  255,367 
  406,173 

  28.7% 
27.5 
  43.8 

Total Sales 

$  1,035,737 

  100.0%  $  1,039,671 

  100.0% 

$   927,893 

  100.0% 

Our sales to foreign customers have been predominately in Asia and Europe, which we attribute to the manufacturing 
strength in those areas for automotive, communications, computing, consumer and industrial control products.  Americas 
sales include sales to customers in the United States, Canada, Central America and South America.   

Sales to foreign customers accounted for approximately 75% of our net sales in fiscal 2008, 74% of our net sales in fiscal 

2007 and 74% of our net sales in fiscal 2006.  Substantially all of our foreign sales are U.S. dollar denominated. 

Sales to customers in China, including Hong Kong, accounted for approximately 20% of our net sales in fiscal 2008, 
approximately 18% of our net sales in fiscal 2007 and approximately 17% of our net sales in fiscal 2006.  Sales to customers 
in Taiwan accounted for approximately 10% of our net sales in each of fiscal 2008, 2007 and 2006.  We did not have sales 
into any other countries that exceeded 10% of our net sales during the last three fiscal years. 

Gross Profit 

Our gross profit was $624.9 million in fiscal 2008, $624.8 million in fiscal 2007 and $550.9 million in fiscal 2006.  

Gross profit as a percent of sales was 60.3% in fiscal 2008, 60.1% in fiscal 2007 and 59.4% in fiscal 2006. 

The most significant factors affecting our gross profit over the past three fiscal years were: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

lower depreciation as a percentage of cost of sales driven by reduced capital requirements in our business due to 
our purchase of Fab 4. 
increased cost of sales of $2.9 million in fiscal 2008 over fiscal 2007, and $3.2 million in fiscal 2007 over fiscal 
2006 associated with share-based compensation expense under SFAS No. 123R. 
fluctuations in the product mix of microcontrollers, proprietary and non-proprietary analog products and Serial 
EEPROM products resulting in higher average selling prices for our products. 
continual cost reductions in wafer fabrication and assembly and test manufacturing such as new manufacturing 
technologies and more efficient manufacturing techniques. 

Other factors that impacted our gross profit percentage in the periods covered by this report include: 

• 
• 

changes in capacity utilization and absorption of fixed costs, and 
inventory write-offs and the sale of inventory that was previously written off. 

During fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007, we operated at approximately 99% of our Fab 2 capacity.  During fiscal 2006, we 

operated at approximately 98% of our Fab 2 capacity.  Our utilization of Fab 4’s total capacity is at relatively low levels 
although we are utilizing all of the installed equipment base.  We expect to maintain the current level of capacity utilization at 
Fab 2 during the first quarter of fiscal 2009 and to modestly increase the current level of capacity utilization at Fab 4 during 
the first quarter of fiscal 2009. 

  32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The process technologies utilized impact our gross margins.  Fab 2 currently utilizes various manufacturing process 
technologies, but predominantly utilizes our 0.5 to 1.0 micron processes.  At March 31, 2008, Fab 4 predominantly utilized 
our 0.35 to 0.5 micron processes.  We continue to transition products to more advanced process technologies to reduce future 
manufacturing costs.  All of our production has been on 8-inch wafers during the periods covered by this report. 

Our overall inventory levels were $124.5 million at March 31, 2008, compared to $121.0 million at March 31, 2007 and 
$115.0 million at March 31, 2006.  We maintained 112 days of inventory on our balance sheet at March 31, 2008 compared 
to 107 days of inventory at March 31, 2007 and 106 days at March 31, 2006. 

We anticipate that our gross margins will fluctuate over time, driven primarily by the overall product mix of 

microcontroller, analog and interface and memory products and the percentage of net sales of each of these products in a 
particular quarter, as well as manufacturing yields, fixed cost absorption, capacity utilization levels, particularly those at 
Fab 4, and competitive and economic conditions.  

At March 31, 2008, approximately 67% of our assembly requirements were performed in our Thailand facility, 
compared to approximately 72% as of March 31, 2007 and approximately 66% at March 31, 2006.  Contractors located in 
Asia perform the balance of our assembly operations.  Substantially all of our test requirements were performed in our 
Thailand facility over the last three fiscal years.  We believe that the assembly and test operations performed at our Thailand 
facility provide us with significant cost savings when compared to contractor assembly and test costs, as well as increased 
control over these portions of the manufacturing process.   

We rely on outside wafer foundries for a small portion of our wafer fabrication requirements. 

Our use of third parties involves some reduction in our level of control over the portions of our business that we 

subcontract.  While we review the quality, delivery and cost performance of our third party contractors, our future operating 
results could suffer if any third party contractor is unable to maintain manufacturing yields, assembly and test yields and 
costs at approximately their current levels. 

Research and Development (R&D) 

R&D expenses for fiscal 2008 were $120.9 million, or 11.7% of sales, compared to $113.7 million, or 10.9% of sales, 
for fiscal 2007 and $94.9 million, or 10.2% of sales, for fiscal 2006.  We are committed to investing in new and enhanced 
products, including development systems software, and in our design and manufacturing process technologies.  We believe 
these investments are significant factors in maintaining our competitive position.  R&D costs are expensed as incurred.  
Assets purchased to support our ongoing research and development activities are capitalized when related to products which 
have achieved technological feasibility, or that have alternative future uses and are amortized over their expected useful lives.  
R&D expenses include labor, depreciation, masks, prototype wafers, and expenses for the development of process 
technologies, new packages, and software to support new products and design environments. 

R&D expenses increased $7.2 million, or 6.3%, for fiscal 2008 over fiscal 2007.  The primary reasons for the dollar 

increase in R&D costs in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007 were higher labor costs as a result of expanding our internal 
R&D headcount and $1.1 million of additional share-based compensation expense.  R&D expenses increased $18.8 million, 
or 19.8%, for fiscal 2007 over fiscal 2006.  The primary reasons for the dollar increase in R&D costs in fiscal 2007 compared 
to fiscal 2006 were higher labor and recruitment costs as a result of expanding our technical resources and $9.6 million of 
share-based compensation as a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 123R. 

Selling, General and Administrative 

Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2008 were $175.6 million, or 16.9% of sales, compared to 

$163.2 million, or 15.7% of sales, for fiscal 2007, and $129.6 million, or 14.0% of sales, for fiscal 2006.  Selling, general and 
administrative expenses include salary expenses related to field sales, marketing and administrative personnel, advertising 
and promotional expenditures and legal expenses.  Selling, general and administrative expenses also include costs related to 
our direct sales force and field applications engineers who work in sales offices worldwide to stimulate demand by assisting 
customers in the selection and use of our products. 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $12.4 million, or 7.6%, for fiscal 2008 over fiscal 2007.  The 

primary reasons for the dollar increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2008 over fiscal 2007 were 
higher labor costs as a result of expanding our internal resources involved in the technical aspects of selling our products and 
$1.5 million of additional share-based compensation expense.  Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 
$33.7 million, or 26.0%, for fiscal 2007 over fiscal 2006.  The primary reasons for the dollar increase in selling, general and 
administrative expenses in fiscal 2007 over fiscal 2006 were higher labor costs as a result of expanding our internal resources 
in the technical aspects of selling our products and $14.5 million of share-based compensation as a result of the adoption of 
SFAS No. 123R. 

  33

Selling, general and administrative expenses fluctuate over time, primarily due to revenue and operating expense 

investment levels. 

Special Charge - Loss on Sale of Fab 3 

In August 2002, we acquired a semiconductor manufacturing facility in Gresham, Oregon, referred to as Fab 4.  After the 

acquisition of Fab 4 was completed, we undertook an analysis of the potential production capacity at Fab 4.  The results of 
the production capacity analysis led us to determine that Fab 3’s capacity would not be needed in the foreseeable future and 
during the second quarter of fiscal 2003 we committed to a plan to sell Fab 3.  Accordingly, Fab 3 was classified as an asset 
held-for-sale as of December 31, 2002, and we maintained that classification until March 31, 2005. 

On March 31, 2005, we changed the classification of Fab 3 from an asset held-for-sale to an asset held-for-future-use and 

began to depreciate the asset.  Fab 3 had been on the market for over two years, and we had not received any acceptable 
offers on the facility.  Over that period of time, our business had increased significantly and we thought that over the next 
several years we would need to begin planning for future wafer fabrication capacity as a larger percentage of Fab 4’s clean 
room capacity was utilized.  We determined that the appropriate action to take was to stop actively marketing the Fab 3 
facility and hold it for future use.  As a result of this change in classification, we had to assess the fair value of the Fab 3 asset 
to determine if any additional impairment charge was required upon the change in classification from held-for-sale to held-
for-future-use under SFAS No. 144.  We performed a discounted cash flow analysis of the Fab 3 asset based on various 
financial projections in developing the fair value estimate given that it was the best available valuation technique for the 
asset.  The discounted cash flow analysis confirmed the carrying value of the Fab 3 asset at March 31, 2005 was not in excess 
of its fair value.  No indicators of impairment for the Fab 3 asset arose between March 31, 2005 and September 30, 2007. 

We received an unsolicited offer on the Fab 3 facility in September 2007.  We assessed our available capacity in our 
current facilities, along with our capacity available from outside foundries and determined the capacity of Fab 3 would not be 
required in the near term.  As a result of this assessment, we accepted the offer to sell Fab 3 on September 21, 2007 and the 
transaction closed on October 19, 2007.  We received $27.5 million in cash net of expenses associated with the sale and 
recognized an impairment charge of $26.8 million on the sale of Fab 3, representing the difference between the carrying 
value of the assets at September 30, 2007 and the amounts realized subsequent to September 30, 2007.   

There were no special charges in fiscal 2007 or 2006. 

Other Income (Expense) 

Interest income in fiscal 2008 decreased to $54.9 million from $58.4 million in fiscal 2007 as the average interest rates 

on our invested cash balances were at lower levels during fiscal 2008.  Interest income in fiscal 2007 increased to $58.4 
million from $32.8 million in fiscal 2006 as our average invested balances were at higher levels in fiscal 2007 compared to 
fiscal 2006, and we earned a higher interest rate on our invested balances.  Interest expense in fiscal 2008 increased to $8.0 
million from $5.4 million in fiscal 2007 due to the $1.15 billion in 2.125% junior subordinated convertible debentures we 
issued in December 2007.  Interest expense in fiscal 2007 increased to $5.4 million from $2.0 million in fiscal 2006 due to 
the short-term debt balances that were outstanding. 

Provision for Income Taxes  

Provisions for income taxes reflect tax on our foreign earnings and federal and state tax on our U.S. earnings.  Our 
effective tax rate was 15.2% in fiscal 2008, 11.0% in fiscal 2007 and 32.5% in fiscal 2006, and is lower than statutory rates in 
the United States due primarily to lower tax rates at our foreign locations, R&D tax credits and export sales incentives.  Our 
effective tax rate in fiscal 2008 reflects a $10.3 million U.S. tax benefit associated with the sale of Fab 3 in the second quarter 
of fiscal 2008, a $5.7 million tax benefit related to the release of tax reserves associated with a foreign tax matter in the third 
quarter of fiscal 2008, a $4.5 million tax benefit related to the release of tax reserves for certain international tax exposures in 
the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and approximately $0.8 million related to accrued interest and other reserve matters.  
Combined, these tax benefits decreased our effective tax rate in fiscal 2008 by approximately 4.4%.  Our effective tax rate in 
fiscal 2007 reflects a $52.2 million benefit related to a tax settlement for our fiscal 1999 through fiscal 2001 tax years that 
occurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 which decreased our effective tax rate for fiscal 2007 by 13%.  Our effective tax 
rate in fiscal 2006 reflects a $30.6 million tax expense related to the repatriation of $500 million of foreign earnings under the 
American Jobs Creation Act (the “Jobs Act”) that was effective for the third quarter of fiscal 2006 which increased our 
effective tax rate in fiscal 2006 by 8.5%.  We expect our effective tax rate for fiscal 2009 to be approximately 18.2%. 

Various taxing authorities in the United States and other countries in which we do business are increasing their scrutiny 

of the tax structures employed by businesses.  Companies of our size and complexity are regularly audited by the taxing 
authorities in the jurisdictions in which they conduct significant operations.  We are currently under audit by the IRS for our 
fiscal years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.  We recognize liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the United 
States and other tax jurisdictions based on our estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional tax payments are 
probable.  We believe that we maintain adequate tax reserves to offset any potential tax liabilities that may arise upon these 

  34

and other pending audits in the United States and other countries in which we do business.  If such amounts ultimately prove 
to be unnecessary, the resulting reversal of such reserves would result in tax benefits being recorded in the period the reserves 
are no longer deemed necessary.  If such amounts ultimately prove to be less than any final assessment, a future charge to 
expense would be recorded in the period in which the assessment is determined.   

Our Thailand manufacturing operations currently benefit from numerous tax holidays that have been granted to us by the 

Thailand government based on our investments in property, plant and equipment in Thailand.  Our tax holiday periods in 
Thailand expire at various times in the future.  One of our Thailand tax holidays expired in September 2006 and the 
expiration did not have a material impact on our effective tax rate.   Any expiration of our tax holidays in Thailand are 
expected to have a minimal impact on our overall tax expense due to other tax holidays and increases in income in other 
taxing jurisdictions with lower statutory rates. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

We had $1,519.1 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term and long-term investments at March 31, 2008, an 
increase of $240.7 million from the March 31, 2007 balance. The increase in cash, cash equivalents and short-term and long-
term investments over this time period is primarily attributable to cash generated by operating activities and cash received 
from the issuance of our junior subordinated convertible debentures being offset in part by dividends and stock repurchase 
activity during the twelve months ended March 31, 2008. 

Net cash provided from operating activities was $447.3 million for fiscal 2008, $429.8 million for fiscal 2007 and 

$437.3 million for fiscal 2006. The increase in cash flow from operations in fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007 was 
primarily due to changes in accrued liabilities and other assets and liabilities.   

Net cash provided by investing activities was $55.7 million for fiscal 2008, net cash used in investing activities was 
$442.2 million for fiscal 2007 and $136.6 million in fiscal 2006.  The increase in fiscal 2008 over fiscal 2007 was primarily 
due to changes in our net purchases, sales and maturities of investments and cash proceeds from the sale of Fab 3.  The 
increase in cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2007 over fiscal 2006 was primarily due to changes in our net purchases, 
sales and maturities of short-term and long-term investments.   

Our level of capital expenditures varies from time to time as a result of actual and anticipated business conditions.  
Capital expenditures were $69.8 million in fiscal 2008, $60.0 million in fiscal 2007 and $76.3 million in fiscal 2006.  The 
primary reason for the dollar differences in capital expenditures in the periods covered by this report related to requirements 
for funding capital expansion activities in our manufacturing operations.  We currently intend to spend approximately 
$100 million during the next twelve months to invest in equipment and facilities to maintain, and selectively increase, 
capacity to meet our currently anticipated needs, including approximately $30 million to expand our building footprint in 
Thailand.   

We expect to finance capital expenditures through our existing cash balances and cash flows from operations.  We 

believe that the capital expenditures anticipated to be incurred over the next twelve months will provide sufficient 
manufacturing capacity to meet our currently anticipated needs.   

Net cash used in financing activities was $182.7 million for fiscal 2008 and $385.3 million for fiscal 2007.  Net cash 
used in financing activities was $195.8 million for fiscal 2006.  Proceeds from the sale of stock, the exercise of stock options 
and employee purchases under our employee stock purchase plan were $59.1 million for fiscal 2008, $68.7 million for fiscal 
2007 and $95.8 million for fiscal 2006.  During the twelve months ended March 31, 2008, we received net proceeds of 
$1,127.0 million from the issuance of our 2.125% junior subordinated convertible debentures.  Cash expended for the 
repurchase of our common stock was $1,138.0 million in fiscal 2008 and $3.3 million in fiscal 2006.  No amounts were 
expended in fiscal 2007 for the repurchase of common stock.  During fiscal 2007, we paid down $269.0 million in short-term 
borrowings.  During fiscal 2006, we paid down $45.5 million in short-term borrowings and initiated new borrowings of 
$269.0 million.  To complete the repatriation of $500 million in fiscal 2006, we initiated the $269.0 million in borrowings, 
which were collateralized against investments that were held in foreign locations, allowing the investments to reach their 
normal maturity date.  Effective with the adoption of SFAS No. 123R on April 1, 2006, we began reporting the excess tax 
benefit from share-based payment arrangements as a cash flow from financing activities rather than a cash flow from 
operating activities.  The excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements was $21.2 million in fiscal 2008 and 
$22.8 million in fiscal 2007. 

On October 23, 2006, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 10,000,000 shares of our common stock 

in the open market or privately negotiated transactions.  As of March 31, 2008, no shares related to this authorization 
remained available for purchase under this program.  On December 11, 2007, our Board of Directors authorized the 
repurchase of up to an additional 10,000,000 shares of our common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated 
transactions.  As of March 31, 2008, 6,492,234 shares related to this authorization remained available for purchase under this 
authorization. 

  35

Our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 21,500,000 shares of our common stock concurrent with the junior 
subordinated convertible debenture transaction described in Note 10 to our Consolidated Financial Statements and no further 
shares are available to be repurchased under this authorization. 

On October 28, 2002, we announced that our Board of Directors had approved and instituted a quarterly cash dividend 

on our common stock.  The initial quarterly dividend of $0.02 per share was paid on December 6, 2003 in the amount of 
$4.0 million.  We have continued to pay quarterly dividends and have increased the amount of such dividends on a regular 
basis.  During fiscal 2006, we paid dividends in the amount of $0.57 per share for a total dividend payment of $120.1 million.  
During fiscal 2007, we paid dividends in the amount of $0.965 per share for a total dividend payment of $207.9 million.  
During fiscal 2008, we paid dividends in the amount of $1.205 per share for a total dividend payment of $252.0 million.  On 
April 28, 2008, we declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.33 per share, which will be paid on May 27, 2008, to 
stockholders of record on May 12, 2008 and the total amount of such dividend is expected to be $60.9 million.  Our Board is 
free to change our dividend practices at any time and to increase or decrease the dividend paid, or not to pay a dividend, on 
our common stock on the basis of our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements and future prospects, and 
other factors deemed relevant by our Board.  Our current intent is to provide for ongoing quarterly cash dividends depending 
upon market conditions and our results of operations. 

We enter into derivative transactions from time to time in an attempt to reduce our exposure to currency rate fluctuations.  
Although none of the countries in which we conduct significant foreign operations have had a highly inflationary economy in 
the last five years, there is no assurance that inflation rates or fluctuations in foreign currency rates in countries where we 
conduct operations will not adversely affect our operating results in the future.  At March 31, 2008, we had foreign currency 
forward contracts of $2.4 million outstanding. 

We believe that our existing sources of liquidity combined with cash generated from operations will be sufficient to meet 

our currently anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.  However, the semiconductor industry is 
capital intensive.  In order to remain competitive, we must constantly evaluate the need to make significant investments in 
capital equipment for both production and research and development.  We may seek additional equity or debt financing from 
time to time to maintain or expand our wafer fabrication and product assembly and test facilities, or for other purposes.  The 
timing and amount of any such financing requirements will depend on a number of factors, including demand for our 
products, changes in industry conditions, product mix, and competitive factors.  There can be no assurance that such 
financing will be available on acceptable terms, and any additional equity financing would result in incremental ownership 
dilution to our existing stockholders. 

Contractual Obligations 

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations at March 31, 2008, and the effect such 
obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods.  This table excludes amounts already 
recorded on our balance sheet as current liabilities at March 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands):  

Operating lease obligations 
Capital purchase obligations (1) 
Other purchase obligations and 
  commitments (2) 
2.125% junior convertible debentures – 

Payments Due by Period 

Total 
$   14,826 
  45,165 

Less than 
1 year 

$  

5,869 
  45,165 

1 – 3 years 
7,524 
$  
--- 

3 – 5 years 
1,433 
$  
--- 

1,803 

808 

995 

--- 

More than 
5 years 

$  

--- 
--- 

--- 

principal and interest (3) 

  1,875,997

  24,437

  48,875

  48,875

  1,753,810

Total contractual obligations (4) 

$ 1,937,791  $   76,279 

$   57,394 

$   50,308 

$ 1,753,810 

(1)  Capital purchase obligations represent commitments for construction or purchases of property, plant and 

equipment.  They are not recorded as liabilities on our balance sheet as of March 31, 2008, as we have not yet 
received the related goods or taken title to the property. 

(2)  Other purchase obligations and commitments include payments due under various types of licenses. 
(3)  For purposes of this table we have assumed the principal of our convertible debentures will be paid on 

December 31, 2037. 

(4)  Total contractual obligations do not include contractual obligations recorded on the balance sheet as current 

liabilities, or certain purchase obligations as discussed below.  The contractual obligations also do not include 
amounts related to uncertain tax positions because reasonable estimates cannot be made. 

  36

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
Purchase orders or contracts for the purchase of raw materials and other goods and services are not included in the table 
above.  We are not able to determine the aggregate amount of such purchase orders that represent contractual obligations, as 
purchase orders may represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements.  For the purpose of this table, 
contractual obligations for purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding 
on Microchip and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum 
or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction.  Our purchase orders are based on our current 
manufacturing needs and are fulfilled by our vendors with short time horizons.  We do not have significant agreements for 
the purchase of raw materials or other goods specifying minimum quantities or set prices that exceed our expected 
requirements for three months.  We also enter into contracts for outsourced services; however, the obligations under these 
contracts were not significant and the contracts generally contain clauses allowing for cancellation without significant 
penalty. 

The expected timing of payment of the obligations discussed above is estimated based on current information.  Timing of 

payments and actual amounts paid may be different depending on the time of receipt of goods or services or changes to 
agreed-upon amounts for some obligations. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

As of March 31, 2008, we are not involved in any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303 (a)(4)(ii) of 

SEC Regulation S-K. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 157, Fair Value 
Measurement (SFAS No. 157).  SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.  In 
February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (FSP 
FAS 157-2), which delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for all nonfinancial assets and liabilities except for those 
recognized or disclosed at least annually. Except for the delay for nonfinancial assets and liabilities, SFAS No. 157 is 
effective for the us beginning April 1, 2008.  SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 
and interim periods within those fiscal years and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2009.  We are in the 
process of determining the effect, if any, that the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on our consolidated financial 
statements.   

On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial 
Liabilities (SFAS No. 159).  Under this Statement, we may elect to report financial instruments and certain other items at fair 
value on a contract-by-contract basis with changes in value reported in earnings.  SFAS No. 159 is effective for years 
beginning after November 15, 2007 and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2009.  We are in the process of 
determining the effect, if any, that the adoption of SFAS No. 159 will have on our consolidated financial statements. 

In June 2007, the FASB ratified EITF 07-3, Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or Services 

Received for Use in Future Research and Development Activities (EITF 07-3).  EITF 07-3 requires that nonrefundable 
advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities be 
deferred and capitalized and recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed.  
EITF 07-3 is effective, on a prospective basis, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and will be adopted by us 
in the first quarter of fiscal 2009.  We do not expect the adoption of EITF 07-3 to have a material effect on our consolidated 
results of operations and financial condition. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141R).  
SFAS No. 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial 
statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the 
goodwill acquired. SFAS No. 141R also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and 
financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 
2008, and will be adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2010.  We are currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, 
that the adoption of SFAS No. 141R will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an 

amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (SFAS No. 160).  SFAS No. 160 establishes accounting and reporting 
standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income 
attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent's ownership interest, and the valuation of 
retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. SFAS No. 160 also establishes disclosure 
requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling 
owners.  SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by us in the first 

  37

quarter of fiscal 2010.   We are currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, that the adoption of SFAS No. 160 will have 
on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an 

amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS No. 161).  The standard requires additional quantitative disclosures (provided 
in tabular form) and qualitative disclosures for derivative instruments.  The required disclosures include how derivative 
instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows; relative 
volume of derivative activity; the objectives and strategies for using derivative instruments; the accounting treatment for 
those derivative instruments formally designated as the hedging instrument in a hedge relationship; and the existence and 
nature of credit-related contingent features for derivatives. SFAS No. 161 does not change the accounting treatment for 
derivative instruments. SFAS No. 161 is effective for us beginning April 1, 2009.  We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 
No. 161 to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (SFAS No. 

162). The standard is intended to improve financial reporting by identifying a consistent framework, or hierarchy, for 
selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are presented in conformity with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for nongovernmental entities. Prior to the issuance of SFAS No. 162, the 
GAAP hierarchy was defined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Statement on Auditing 
Standards (SAS) No. 69, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. 
SFAS No. 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC's approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
Auditing amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles. We are currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS No. 162 on our consolidated 
results of operations and financial condition. 

In May 2008, the FASB released FSP APB 14-1 Accounting For Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in 

Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement) (FSP APB 14-1) that alters the accounting treatment for 
convertible debt instruments that allow for either mandatory or optional cash settlements.  FSP APB 14-1, will impact the 
accounting associated with our $1.15 billion junior subordinated convertible debentures.  FSP APB 14-1 specifies that issuers 
of such instruments should separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity’s 
nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods, and will require us to recognize 
additional (non-cash) interest expense based on the market rate for similar debt instruments without the conversion feature.  
Furthermore, it would require recognizing interest expense in prior periods pursuant to retrospective accounting 
treatment.  This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and will 
be adopted by the us on April 1, 2009.  We are currently evaluating the materiality of the adverse impact the adoption of FSP 
APB 14-1 will have on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. 

Item 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

Our investment portfolio, consisting of fixed income securities and money market funds that we hold on an available-for-

sale basis, was $1,001.7 million as of March 31, 2008, and $1,278.4 million as of March 31, 2007.  These securities, like all 
fixed income instruments, are subject to interest rate risk and will decline in value if market interest rates increase.  We have 
the ability to hold our fixed income investments until maturity and, therefore, we would not expect to recognize any material 
adverse impact in income or cash flows if market interest rates increase.  The following table provides information about our 
available-for-sale securities that are sensitive to changes in interest rates.  We have aggregated our available-for-sale 
securities for presentation purposes since they are all very similar in nature (dollars in thousands):   

Available-for-sale securities 
Weighted-average yield rate 

Financial instruments mature during the fiscal year ended March 31, 

2009 
$ 100,190 

2010 
$ 405,055 

2011 
$ 435,264 

3.23%  

3.13% 

3.26% 

$  

2012 
--- 
--- 

2013 
$   5,042 

Thereafter 

$   56,142 

5.75% 

4.85% 

We have international operations and are thus subject to foreign currency rate fluctuations.  To date, our exposure related 
to exchange rate volatility has not been material to our operating results.  Approximately 99% of our sales are denominated in 
U.S. dollars.  We maintain hedges related to our foreign currency exposure of our net investment in a foreign operation as 
needed.  As of March 31, 2008, there were $2.4 million of foreign currency hedges outstanding.  There were no hedges 
outstanding as of March 31, 2007 and the amount of the hedges outstanding as of March 31, 2006 was immaterial.  If foreign 
currency rates fluctuate by 15% from the rates at March 31, 2008 and 2007, the effect on our financial position and results of 
operation would be immaterial.  

Our investment in marketable equity securities at March 31, 2008 consists of shares of common stock, the value of 
which is determined by the closing price of such shares on the respective markets on which the shares are traded as of the  

  38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
balance sheet date. These investments are classified as trading securities and accounted for under the provisions of SFAS No. 
115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. The market value of these investments was 
approximately $12.4 million at March 31, 2008 compared to our adjusted cost basis of approximately $12.2 million. The 
value of our investment in marketable equity securities would be materially impacted if there were a significant change in the 
market price of the shares. A hypothetical 30% favorable or unfavorable change in the stock price compared to the stock 
price at March 31, 2008 would have affected the value of our investment in marketable equity securities by less than $4 
million. Additionally, we have sold put options on one of the trading securities, which are recorded as an accrued liability, 
and are marked to market value.  A decline in the stock price of the underlying security prior to the expiration date of the puts 
would cause an increase to the liability, which would result in a charge to our results of operations, and could result in the put 
being exercised by the holder.  If the put is exercised by the holder, we could be required to pay up to $17.3 million for 
additional shares of the common stock, at a price potentially in excess of the then fair market value of the common stock.  A 
hypothetical 30% unfavorable change in the stock price of the trading security on which we have sold the puts, compared to 
the stock price at March 31, 2008 could potentially result in the puts being exercised and would result in our paying 
$17.3 million to acquire the shares of common stock.  The stock would then be marked to market value, affecting the value of 
our investment by an additional $3.4 million.  See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements, included in Item 15(a)(1) 
for additional information about our investments in marketable equity securities.  

During the normal course of business we are routinely subjected to a variety of market risks, examples of which include, 

but are not limited to, interest rate movements and foreign currency fluctuations, as we discuss in this Item 7A, and 
collectability of accounts receivable.  We continuously assess these risks and have established policies and procedures to 
protect against the adverse effects of these and other potential exposures.  Although we do not anticipate any material losses 
in these risk areas, no assurance can be made that material losses will not be incurred in these areas in the future. 

Item 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

The Consolidated Financial Statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) hereof are filed as part of this 

Form 10-K.  See also Index to Financial Statements, below.  

Item 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND  
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  

None. 

Item 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as required by paragraph (b) of Rule 13a-15 or 

Rule 15d-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, we evaluated under the supervision of our Chief 
Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in 
Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Based on this evaluation, our Chief 
Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to 
ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 (i) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange 
Commission rules and forms, and (ii) is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive 
Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our 
disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that such information is accumulated and 
communicated to our management. Our disclosure controls and procedures include components of our internal control over 
financial reporting. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting is 
expressed at the level of reasonable assurance because a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can 
provide only reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.  

Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting to 

provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements 
for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  Internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and 
fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions 
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of  

  39

 
management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection 
of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial 
statements. 

Management assessed our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2008, the end of our fiscal year.  

Management based its assessment on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Management’s assessment included evaluation of 
such elements as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, 
accounting policies, and our overall control environment.  This assessment is supported by testing and monitoring performed 
by our finance organization. 

Based on our assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as 
of the end of the fiscal year to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation 
of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  We 
reviewed the results of management’s assessment with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. 

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, who audited our consolidated financial 
statements included in this Form 10-K has issued an  attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting, which is included in Part II, Item 9A. 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  

During the three months ended March 31, 2008, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting 
identified in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Rule 13a-15 or Rule 15d-15 that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

  40

 
Ernst & Young LLP 
Ernst & Young Tower 
One Renaissance Square 
2 North Central Avenue, Suite 2300 
Phoenix, Arizona 85004 

Tel: +1 602 322 3000 
www.ey.com 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Microchip Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries 

We have audited Microchip Technology Incorporated’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
March 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Microchip 
Technology Incorporated’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial 
reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the 
accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to 
express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our 
audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a 
material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial 
reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in 
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; 
(2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of 
the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the 
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial 
statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, Microchip Technology Incorporated maintained, in all material respects, effective internal 
control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States), the March 31, 2008 consolidated financial statements of Microchip Technology Incorporated 
and our report dated May 23, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

ey 

May 23, 2008 

41 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 

 
 
 
 
Item 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

In fiscal 2008, each of Steve Sanghi, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Mitch Little, our Vice 

President, Worldwide Sales and Applications, Steve Drehobl, our Vice President, Security, Microcontroller and Technology 
Division, and Rich Simoncic, our Vice President, Analog and Interface Products Division, entered into trading plans as 
contemplated by Rule 10b-5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and periodic sales of our common stock are 
expected to occur under such plans. 

The foregoing disclosure is being made on a voluntary basis and not pursuant to any specific requirement under 

Form 10-K, Form 8-K or otherwise. 

. 

PART III 

Item 10.   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

Information on the members of our Board of Directors is incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement for our 

2008 annual meeting of stockholders under the captions “The Board of Directors,” and “Proposal One – Election of 
Directors.” 

Information on the composition of our audit committee and the members of our audit committee, including information 
on our audit committee financial experts, is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for our 2008 annual meeting of 
stockholders under the caption “The Board of Directors – Committees of the Board of Directors – Audit Committee.” 

Information on our executive officers is provided in Item 1, Part I of this Form 10-K under the caption “Executive 

Officers” at page 9, above.   

Information with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is 
incorporated herein by reference to our proxy statement for our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders under the caption 
“Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”  

Information with respect to our code of ethics that applies to our directors, executive officers (including our principal 
executive officer and our principal financial and accounting officer) and employees is incorporated by reference to our proxy 
statement for our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders under the caption “Code of Ethics.”  A copy of the Code of Ethics is 
available on our website at the Investor Relations section under Mission Statement/Corporate Governance on 
www.microchip.com. 

Information regarding material changes, if any, to procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to 
our Board of Directors is incorporated by reference to our proxy statement for the 2008 annual meeting of stockholders under 
the caption “Requirements, Including Deadlines, for Receipt of Stockholder Proposals for the 2008 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders; Discretionary Authority to Vote on Stockholder Proposals.” 

Item 11.  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

Information with respect to executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the 

caption “Executive Compensation” in our proxy statement for our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders.  

Information with respect to director compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the 

caption “The Board of Directors – Director Compensation” in our proxy statement for our 2008 annual meeting of 
stockholders. 

Information with respect to compensation committee interlocks and insider participation in compensation decisions is 
incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “The Board of Directors – Compensation Committee 
Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our proxy statement for our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders. 

Our Board compensation committee report on executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the 

information under the caption “Executive Compensation – Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation” in 
our proxy statement for our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders. 

Item 12.  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Information with respect to securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is incorporated herein 
by reference to the information under the caption “Executive Compensation – Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our 
proxy statement for our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders. 

  42

 
Information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners, members of our Board of Directors and 

management is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption “Security Ownership of Principal 
Stockholders, Directors and Executive Officers” in our proxy statement for our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders.  

Item 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE  

The information required by this Item pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K is incorporated by reference to the 
information under the caption “Certain Transactions” contained in our proxy statement for our 2008 annual meeting of 
stockholders. 

The information required by this Item pursuant to Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K regarding the independence of our 
directors is incorporated by reference to the information under the caption “Meetings of the Board of Directors” contained in 
our proxy statement for our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders. 

Item 14.  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this Item related to principal accountant fees and services as well as related pre-approval 
policies is incorporated by reference to the information under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” 
contained in our proxy statement for our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders. 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.] 

  43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15. 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

(a)   The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K: 

PART IV 

(1) 

Financial Statements: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2008 and 2007 

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the  
period ended March 31, 2008 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the  
period ended March 31, 2008 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the 
period ended March 31, 2008 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(2) 

Financial Statement Schedules 

(3) 

The Exhibits filed with this Form 10-K or incorporated herein by reference are set 
forth in the Exhibit Index beginning on page 46 hereof, which Exhibit Index is 
incorporated herein by this reference. 

(b) 

See Item 15(a)(3) above.  

(c) 

See “Index to Financial Statements” included under Item 8 to this Form 10-K.  

Page No. 

F-1 

F-2 

F-3 

F-4 

F-5 

F-6 

  44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED 
(Registrant) 

Date:  May 28, 2008 

By:  /s/ Steve Sanghi 

Steve Sanghi 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Name and Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ Steve Sanghi 
Steve Sanghi 

/s/ Albert J. Hugo-Martinez 
Albert J. Hugo-Martinez 

/s/ L.B. Day 
L.B. Day 

/s/ Matthew W. Chapman 
Matthew W. Chapman 

/s/ Wade F. Meyercord 
Wade F. Meyercord 

/s/ Gordon W. Parnell 
Gordon W. Parnell 

Director, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer (Principal Financial 
and Accounting Officer) 

May 28, 2008 

May 28, 2008 

May 28, 2008 

May 28, 2008 

May 28, 2008 

May 28, 2008 

  45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

Exhibit Description 

Form 

File Number 

Exhibit 

Filing 
Date 

Filed 
Herewith 

EXHIBITS 

Incorporated by Reference 

2.1 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July 18, 
2002 between Registrant and Fujitsu 
Microelectronics, Inc. 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant 

Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant, as 
amended through January 29, 2007 

First Amendment to Preferred Shares Rights 
Agreement dated January 9, 2007 

Amended and Restated Preferred Shares Rights 
Agreement, dated as of October 11, 1999, between 
Registrant and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A.,  
including the Amended Certificate of Designations, 
the form of Rights Certificate and the Summary of 
Rights, attached as exhibits thereto 

Indenture, dated as of December 7, 2007, by and 
between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as 
Trustee, and Microchip Technology Incorporated 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of 
December 7, 2007, by and between J.P. Morgan 
Securities Inc. and Microchip Technology 
Incorporated 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between 
Registrant and its directors and certain of its officers 

*2004 Equity Incentive Plan as amended and 
restated by the Board on May 1, 2006 

*Form of Notice of Grant for 2004 Equity Incentive 
Plan (including Exhibit A Stock Option Agreement) 

*Form of Notice of Grant (Foreign) for 2004 Equity 
Incentive Plan (including Exhibit A Stock Option 
Agreement (Foreign) 

*Restricted Stock Units Agreement (Domestic) for 
2004 Equity Incentive Plan 

Restricted Stock Units Agreement (Foreign) for 
2004 Equity Incentive Plan 

*Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units 
for 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (including Exhibit A 
Restricted Stock Units Agreement) 

*1993 Stock Option Plan, as Amended through 
August 16, 2002 

*Form of Notice of Grant For 1993 Stock Option 
Plan, with Exhibit A thereto, Form of Stock Option 
Agreement; and Exhibit B thereto, Form of Stock 
Purchase Agreement 

  46

8-K 

000-21184 

2.1 

7/18/02 

10-Q 

10-Q 

000-21184 

000-21184 

3.1 

3.1 

11/12/02 

2/6/07 

10-Q 

000-21184 

4.1 

2/6/07 

8-K 

000-21184 

4.1 

10/12/99 

8-K 

000-21184 

4.1 

12/7/07 

8-K 

000-21184 

4.2 

12/7/07 

S-1 

33-57960 

10.1 

2/5/93 

10-Q 

000-21184 

10.3 

2/6/07 

S-8 

333-119939 

4.5 

10/25/04 

10-K 

000-21184 

10.4 

5/23/05 

10-Q 

000-21184 

10.3 

11/7/07 

10-Q 

000-21184 

10.4 

11/7/08 

10-K 

000-21184 

10.6 

5/31/06 

10-Q 

000-21184 

10.1 

11/12/02 

S-8 

333-872 

10.6 

1/23/96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

EXHIBITS (cont’d.) 

Exhibit Description 

Form 

File Number 

Exhibit 

Filing 
Date 

Filed 
Herewith 

Incorporated by Reference 

*Microchip Technology Incorporated 2001 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan as amended through 
August 15, 2003 (including Enrollment Form, Stock 
Purchase Agreement, and Change Form) 

*1997 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan, as 
Amended Through March 3, 2003 

*Form of Notice of Grant For 1997 Nonstatutory 
Stock Option Plan, with Exhibit A thereto, Form of 
Stock Option Agreement 

S-8 

333-140773 

4.4 

2/16/07 

10-K 

000-21184 

10.13 

6/5/03 

10-K 

000-21184 

10.17 

5/27/98 

10.13  Microchip Technology Incorporated International 

S-8 

333-140773 

4.1 

2/16/07 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended 
through May 1, 2006 

10.14  Microchip Technology Incorporated International 

S-8 

333-140773 

4.2 

2/16/07 

Stock Purchase Agreement (including attached 
Form of Enrollment Form) 

Form of Change Form for Microchip Technology 
Incorporated International Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan 

*Executive Management Incentive Compensation 
Plan 

*Discretionary Executive Management Incentive 
Compensation Plan 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

S-8 

333-140773 

4.3 

2/16/07 

10-Q 

000-21184 

10.4 

2/6/07 

10-Q 

000-21184 

10.5 

2/6/07 

10.18 

*Management Incentive Compensation Plan 

10-Q 

000-21184 

S-8 

333-53876 

10.6 

4.1 

2/6/07 

1/18/01 

S-8 

333-53876 

4.4 

1/18/01 

S-8 

333-96791 

4.1 

7/19/02 

10-K 

000-21184 

10.28 

6/5/03 

S-8 

333-101696 

4.1.2 

12/6/02 

S-8 

333-101696 

4.1.4 

12/6/02 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

TelCom Semiconductor, Inc. 1994 Stock Option 
Plan and forms of agreements thereunder 

TelCom Semiconductor, Inc. 2000 Nonstatutory 
Stock Option Plan and forms of agreements used 
thereunder 

PowerSmart, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, 
Including Forms of Incentive Stock Option 
Agreement and Nonqualified Stock Option 
Agreement 

*February 3, 2003 Amendment to the Adoption 
Agreement to the Microchip Technology 
Incorporated Supplemental Retirement Plan 

*Amendment dated August 29, 2001 to the 
Microchip Technology Incorporated Supplemental 
Retirement Plan 

*Amendment Dated December 9, 1999 to the 
Adoption Agreement to the Microchip Technology 
Incorporated Supplemental Retirement Plan 

  47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBITS (cont’d.) 

Exhibit Description 

Form 

File Number 

Exhibit 

Filing 
Date 

Filed 
Herewith 

Incorporated by Reference 

S-8 

333-101696 

4.1.3 

12/6/02 

S-8 

333-101696 

4.1.1 

12/6/02 

10-Q 

10-Q 

10-Q 

10-Q 

000-21184 

000-21184 

000-21184 

000-21184 

10.1 

10.1 

10.2 

10.1 

2/9/06 

11/7/07 

11/7/07 

2/13/98 

10-K 

000-21184 

10.14 

5/15/01 

10-Q 

000-21184 

10.2 

2/13/98 

8-K 

000-21184 

2.2 

8/23/02 

10-K 

000-21184 

24.1 

6/7/00 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

Exhibit 
Number 

10.25 

*Adoption Agreement to the Microchip 
Technology Incorporated Supplemental 
Retirement Plan dated January 1, 1997 

10.26 

*Microchip Technology Incorporated Supplemental 
Retirement Plan 

10.27 

*Amendments to Supplemental Retirement Plan 

10.28 

*Change of Control Severance Agreement 

10.29 

*Change of Control Severance Agreement 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33 

21.1 

23.1 

24.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32 

Development Agreement dated as of August 29, 
1997 by and between Registrant and the City of 
Chandler, Arizona 

Addendum to Development Agreement by and 
between Registrant and the City of Tempe, Arizona, 
dated May 11, 2000 

Development Agreement dated as of July 17, 1997 
by and between Registrant and the City of Tempe, 
Arizona 

Strategic Investment Program Contract dated as of 
August 15, 2002 by and between Registrant, 
Multnomah County, Oregon and City of Gresham, 
Oregon 

Subsidiaries of Registrant 

Consent of Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm 

Power of Attorney re:  Microchip Technology 
Incorporated, the Registrant 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to  
Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to  
Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) 

Certifications Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, 
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 

*Compensation plans or arrangements in which 
directors or executive officers are eligible to 
participate 

  48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 

Item 8, Item 15(a)(1) and (2), (b) and (c) 

_________________________________ 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

EXHIBITS 

_________________________________ 

YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2008 

MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED  
AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CHANDLER, ARIZONA

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting  Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2008 and 2007 

Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended 
March 31, 2008 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
March 31, 2008 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the 
period ended March 31, 2008 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page Number 

F-1 

F-2 

F-3 

F-4 

F-5 

F-6 

i

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ernst & Young LLP 
Ernst & Young Tower 
One Renaissance Square 
2 North Central Avenue, Suite 2300 
Phoenix, Arizona 85004 

Tel: +1 602 322-3000 
www.ey.com 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Microchip Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Microchip Technology 
Incorporated and subsidiaries as of March 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements 
of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 
March 31, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An 
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the 
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We 
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material 
respects, the consolidated financial position of Microchip Technology Incorporated and subsidiaries 
at March 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles.  

As discussed in Note 1 and Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements, effective April 1, 2007, 
the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for 
Uncertainty in Income Taxes and changed its method of accounting for uncertain tax positions, and 
effective April 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 
(revised 2004) Share-Based Payment and changed its method of accounting for share-based 
compensation. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States), the effectiveness of Microchip Technology Incorporated’s internal control over 
financial reporting as of March 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and 
our report dated May 23, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.  

ey 

May 23, 2008 

F-1 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 

 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Accounts receivable, net 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Deferred tax assets 
Other current assets 
   Total current assets 

Property, plant and equipment, net 
Long-term investments 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, net 
Other assets 

ASSETS 

$ 

March 31, 

2008 

2007 

$ 

487,736 
837,054 
138,319 
124,483 
17,135 
63,261 
49,742 
1,717,730 

522,305 
194,274 
31,886 
11,613 
34,499 

167,477 
583,000 
124,559 
121,024 
15,547 
61,983 
11,147 
1,084,737 

605,722 
527,910 
31,886 
8,456 
10,830 

   Total assets 

$ 

2,512,307 

$ 

2,269,541 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Deferred income on shipments to distributors 
   Total current liabilities 

$ 

Junior convertible debentures 
Long-term income tax payable 
Deferred tax liability 
Other long-term liabilities 

Stockholders’  equity: 

   Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; no 

shares issued or outstanding. 

   Common stock, $0.001 par value; 450,000,000 shares authorized; 

218,789,994 shares issued and 184,338,768 shares outstanding at 

  March 31, 2008; 217,439,960 shares issued and outstanding at 
  March 31, 2007. 
   Additional paid-in capital  
   Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 
Common stock held in treasury: 34,451,226 shares at March 31, 2008;

and no shares at March 31, 2007. 
Total stockholders’' equity 

  $ 

39,317 
56,323 
95,441 
191,081 

1,150,128 
112,311 
21,460 
1,104 

34,675 
129,882 
91,363 
255,920 

--- 
--- 
8,327 
926 

--- 

--- 

184 
793,919 
1,301,275 
2,508 

(1,061,663) 
1,036,223 

217 
755,834 
1,255,486 
(7,169) 

--- 
2,004,368 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

$ 

2,512,307 

$ 

2,269,541 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Net sales 
Cost of sales (1) 
   Gross profit 

Operating expenses: 
   Research and development (1) 
   Selling, general and administrative (1) 
   Loss on sale of Fab 3 

Operating income 
Other income (expense): 
   Interest income 
   Interest expense 
   Other, net 
Income before income taxes  
Income tax provision 
Net income  

Basic net income per common share 

Diluted net income per common share 
Dividends declared per common share 
Basic common shares outstanding 
Diluted common shares outstanding 

(1) Includes share-based compensation expense as follows: 

   Cost of sales 
   Research and development  
   Selling, general and administrative  

Year ended March 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

$ 

  $ 

1,035,737 
410,799 
624,938 

1,039,671 
414,915 
624,756 

  $ 

927,893 
377,016 
550,877 

120,864 
175,646 
26,763 
323,273 

113,698 
163,247 
--- 
276,945 

94,926 
129,587 
--- 
224,513 

301,665 

347,811 

326,364 

54,851 
(7,966) 
2,435 
350,985 
53,237 
297,748 

  $ 

58,383 
(5,416) 
312 
401,090 
44,061 
357,029 

  $ 

1.44 

  $ 

1.66 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

1.40 
1.205 
207,220 
212,048 

  $ 
  $ 

1.62 
0.965 
215,498 
220,848 

32,753 
(1,967) 
2,035 
359,185 
116,816 
242,369 

1.15 

1.13 
0.570 
210,104 
215,024 

  $ 

6,191 
10,695 
15,960 

  $ 

3,255 
9,623 
14,501 

--- 
214 
364 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-3 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 

activities: 
Depreciation and amortization 
Deferred income taxes 
Share-based compensation expense related to equity incentive plans 
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation 
Tax benefit from equity incentive plans 
Convertible debt derivatives – revaluation and amortization 
Amortization of junior convertible debenture issuance costs 
Gain on sale of assets 
Investments in trading securities 
Unrealized impairment loss on available-for-sale investments 
Loss on sale of Fab 3 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

(Increase) decrease  in accounts receivable 
Increase in inventories 
Increase (decrease) in deferred income on shipments to distributors 
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Change in other assets and liabilities 
Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of available-for-sale investments 
Sales and maturities of available-for-sale investments 
Investment in other assets 
Proceeds from sale of Fab 3 
Proceeds from sale of assets 
Capital expenditures 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Payment of cash dividend 
Repurchase of common stock 
Proceeds from issuance of junior convertible debentures, net of issuance costs 
Proceeds from sale of common stock 
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation 
Proceeds from short-term borrowings 
Payments on short-term borrowings 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

$ 

Year ended March 31, 

2008 

2007 

2006 

$ 

297,748 

  $ 

357,029 

  $ 

242,369 

100,076 
9,562 
32,846 
(21,184) 
21,914 
128 
241 
(937) 
(12,133) 
2,439 
26,763 

(13,760) 
(2,902) 
4,078 
12,080 
(9,652) 
447,307 

(1,857,964) 
1,959,210 
(5,012) 
27,523 
1,725 
(69,827) 
55,655 

(251,959) 
(1,138,040) 
1,127,000 
59,112 
21,184 
--- 
--- 
(182,703) 
320,259 
167,477 
487,736 

116,171 
9,023 
27,379 
(22,788) 
22,862 
--- 
--- 
(364) 
--- 
--- 
--- 

14,802 
(2,663) 
(8,118) 
(75,978) 
(7,586) 
429,769 

(1,327,042) 
943,955 
(844) 
--- 
1,746 
(60,039) 
(442,224) 

(207,898) 
--- 
--- 
68,723 
22,788 
--- 
(268,954) 
(385,341) 
(397,796) 
565,273 
167,477 

110,682 
17,516 
578 
--- 
29,377 
--- 
--- 
(998) 
--- 
--- 
--- 

(26,273) 
(11,296) 
7,751 
72,053 
(4,436) 
437,323 

(856,748) 
797,694 
(2,595) 
--- 
1,341 
(76,294) 
(136,602) 

(120,109) 
(3,320) 
--- 
95,751 
--- 
268,954 
(45,454) 
195,822 
496,543 
68,730 
565,273 

  $ 

  $ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-4 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
(in thousands) 

Common Stock and 
Additional Paid-in 
Capital 

Common Stock held 
 in Treasury 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 

Deferred 
Share-based 

Retained 

Net 
Stockholders' 

Shares 

Amount 

Shares 

Amount 

Income (Loss) 

Compensation 

Earnings 

Equity 

Balance at March 31, 2005 

208,556 

$  532,874 

818 

$ 

(21,517)

$ 

(9,718) 

--- 

$  984,095 

$ 

1,485,734 

Components of other comprehensive income: 
  Net income 
  Net unrealized losses on available-for-
  sale investments, net of $882 of tax 

Total comprehensive income 

Issuances from equity incentive plans 

Employee stock purchase plan 

Purchase of treasury stock 

--- 

--- 

5,561 

435 

--- 

--- 

--- 

85,735 

10,016 

--- 

Treasury stock used for new issuances 

(938) 

(24,837) 

Tax benefit from equity incentive plans 
Unearned share-based compensation 
  amortization 

Share-based compensation 

Cash dividend 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

29,377 

4 

6,283 

--- 

Balance at March 31, 2006 

213,614 

639,452 

Components of other comprehensive income: 

  Net income 
  Net unrealized losses on available-for-
  sale investments, net of $1,228 of tax 

Total comprehensive income 

Issuances from equity incentive plans 

Employee stock purchase plan 

Tax benefit from equity incentive plans 
Reclassification due to the adoption of SFAS 
123R 
Unearned share-based compensation 
  amortization 

Share-based compensation 

Cash dividend 

--- 

--- 

3,435 

391 

-- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

57,322 

11,401 

22,862 

(5,705) 

2 

30,717 

--- 

Balance at March 31, 2007 

217,440 

756,051 

Components of other comprehensive income: 

  Net income 
Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale 

investments, net of $2,293 of tax 

Total comprehensive income 

Issuances from equity incentive plans 

Employee stock purchase plan 

Purchase of treasury stock 

--- 

--- 

2,983 

419 

--- 

--- 

--- 

47,406 

11,706 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

120 

(938) 

(3,320) 

24,837 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

Treasury stock used for new issuances 

(2,052) 

(76,377) 

(2,052) 

76,377 

Tax benefit from equity incentive plans 

Share-based compensation 

Cash dividend 

--- 

--- 

--- 

21,914 

33,403 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

36,503 

(1,138,040) 

--- 

(4,195) 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

(5,705) 

242,369 

242,369 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

(4,195) 

238,174 

85,735 

10,016 

(3,320) 

--- 

29,377 

4 

578 

--- 

(120,109) 

(120,109) 

(13,913) 

(5,705) 

  1,106,355 

1,726,189 

--- 

6,744 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

5,705 

--- 

--- 

--- 

357,029 

357,029 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

6,744 

363,773 

57,322 

11,401 

22,862 

--- 

2 

30,717 

(207,898) 

(207,898) 

(7,169) 

--- 

  1,255,486 

2,004,368 

--- 

9,677 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

297,748 

297,748 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

--- 

9,677 

307,425 

47,406 

11,706 

(1,138,040) 

--- 

21,914 

33,403 

(251,959) 

(251,959) 

Balance at March 31, 2008 

218,790 

$  794,103 

34,451 

$(1,061,663) 

$ 

2,508 

--- 

$1,301,275 

$ 

1,036,223 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

F-5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MICROCHIP TECHNOLOGY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Nature of Business 

Microchip develops, manufactures and sells specialized semiconductor products used by its customers for a 
wide variety of embedded control applications.  Microchip’s product portfolio comprises 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit 
PIC® microcontrollers and 16-bit dsPIC® digital signal controllers, which feature on-board Flash (reprogrammable) 
memory technology.  In addition, Microchip offers a broad spectrum of high-performance linear, mixed-signal, 
power management, thermal management, battery management and interface devices.  Microchip also makes serial 
EEPROMs.  

Principles of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Microchip Technology Incorporated and its 
wholly-owned subsidiaries (Microchip or the Company).  The Company does not have any subsidiaries in which it 
does not own 100% of the outstanding stock.  All of the Company’s subsidiaries are included in the consolidated 
financial statements.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company recognizes revenue when the earnings process is complete, as evidenced by an agreement with 
the customer, transfer of title as well as fixed pricing and probable collectability.  The Company recognizes revenue 
from product sales to OEMs upon shipment and records reserves for estimated customer returns.  Distributors 
worldwide generally have broad price protection and product return rights, so the Company defers revenue 
recognition until the distributor sells the product to their customer.  Revenue is recognized when the distributor sells 
the product to an end-user, at which time the sales price becomes fixed or determinable.  Revenue is not recognized 
upon the Company’s shipment to the distributors since, due to discounts from list price as well as price protection 
rights, the sales price is not substantially fixed or determinable at that time.  At the time of shipment to these 
distributors, the Company records a trade receivable for the selling price as there is a legally enforceable right to 
payment, relieves inventory for the carrying value of goods shipped since legal title has passed to the distributor, and 
records the gross margin in deferred income on shipments to distributors on the consolidated balance sheets.  

Deferred income on shipments to distributors effectively represents the gross margin on the sale to the 
distributor; however, the amount of gross margin recognized by the Company in future periods could be less than 
the deferred margin as a result of  credits granted to distributors on specifically identified products and customers to 
allow the distributors to earn a competitive gross margin on the sale of the Company’s products to their end 
customers and price protection concessions related to market pricing conditions. 

We sell the majority of the items in our product catalog to our distributors worldwide at a uniform list price. 
However, distributors resell our products to end customers at a very broad range of individually negotiated price 
points.  The majority of our distributors’ resales require a reduction from the original list price paid.  Often, under 
these circumstances, we remit back to the distributor a portion of their original purchase price after the resale 
transaction is completed in the form of a credit against the distributors’ outstanding accounts receivable balance.  
The credits are on a per unit basis and are not given to the distributor until they provide information regarding the 
sale to their end customer.  The price reductions vary significantly based on the customer, product, quantity ordered, 
geographic location and other factors and discounts to a price less than the Company’s cost have historically been 
rare.  The effect of granting these credits establishes the net selling price from the Company to its distributors for the 
product and results in the net revenue recognized by the Company when the product is sold by the distributors to 
their end customers. Thus, a portion of the “Deferred income on shipments to distributors” balance represents the 
amount of distributors’ original purchase price that will be credited back to the distributor in the future.  The wide 
range and variability of negotiated price concessions granted to distributors does not allow us to accurately estimate 
the portion of the balance in the deferred income on shipments to distributors account that will be credited back to 
the distributors.  Therefore, the Company does not reduce deferred income on shipments to distributors or accounts 
receivable by anticipated future price concessions; rather, price concessions are typically recorded against deferred 
income on shipments to distributors when incurred, which is generally at the time the distributor sells the product.   

F-6 

 
 
 
At March 31, 2008, the Company had approximately $130.4 million of deferred revenue and $35.0 million in 
deferred cost of sales recognized as $95.4 million of deferred income on shipments to distributors.  At March 31, 
2007, the Company had approximately $126.4 million of deferred revenue and $35.0 million of deferred cost of 
sales recognized as $91.4 million of deferred income on shipments to distributors.  The deferred income on 
shipments to distributors that will ultimately be recognized in the Company’s income statement will be lower than 
the amount reflected on the balance sheet due to price credits to be granted to the distributors when the product is 
sold to their customers.  These price credits historically have resulted in the deferred income approximating the 
overall gross margins that the Company recognizes in the distribution channel of its business. 

The Company reduces product pricing through price protection based on market conditions, competitive 

considerations and other factors.  Price protection is granted to distributors on the inventory they have on hand at the 
date the price protection is offered.  When the Company reduces the price of its products, it allows the distributor to 
claim a credit against its outstanding accounts receivable balances based on the new price of the inventory it has on 
hand as of the date of the price reduction.  There is no immediate revenue impact from the price protection, as it is 
reflected as a reduction of the deferred income on shipments to distributors’ balance. 

Products returned by distributors and subsequently scrapped have historically been immaterial to the 
Company’s consolidated results of operations.  The Company routinely evaluates the risk of impairment of the 
deferred cost of sales component of the deferred income on shipments to distributors account.  Because of the 
historically immaterial amounts of inventory that have been scrapped, and historically rare instances where 
discounts given to a distributor result in a price less than the Company’s cost, the Company believes the deferred 
costs have a low risk of material impairment. 

Shipping charges billed to customers are included in net sales, and the related shipping costs are included in 

cost of sales. 

Product Warranty 

The Company generally sells products with a limited warranty related to product quality and a limited 

indemnification of customers against intellectual property infringement claims related to the Company’s products.  
Due to comprehensive product testing, the short time between product shipment and the detection and correction of 
product failures, and a low historical rate of payments on indemnification claims, the accrual based on historical 
activity and the related expense were immaterial as of and for fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. 

Advertising Costs 

The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred.  Advertising costs were immaterial for the fiscal years 

ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. 

Research and Development 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.  Assets purchased to support the Company’s ongoing 

research and development activities are capitalized when related to products which have achieved technological 
feasibility or that have alternative future uses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  Research and 
development expenses include expenditures for labor, share-based payments, depreciation, masks, prototype wafers, 
and expenses for development of process technologies, new packages, and software to support new products and 
design environments. 

Foreign Currency Translation and Forward Contracts 

The Company’s foreign subsidiaries are considered to be extensions of the U.S. Company and any translation 
gains and losses related to these subsidiaries are included in other income and expense.  As the U.S. dollar is utilized 
as the functional currency, gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions (transactions denominated 
in a currency other than the subsidiaries’ functional currency) are also included in income.  Gains and losses 
associated with currency rate changes on forward contracts are recorded currently in income.  These gains and losses 
have been immaterial to the Company’s financial statements. 

Income Taxes 

As part of the process of preparing its consolidated financial statements, the Company is required to estimate its 

income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates.  This process involves estimating the Company’s 
actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items 
for tax and accounting purposes.  These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included 
within the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  The Company must then assess the likelihood that its deferred 
tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent it believes that recovery is not likely, it 

F-7 

 
must establish a valuation allowance.  The Company has not provided for a valuation allowance because 
management currently believes that it is “more likely than not” that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from 
future taxable income.   

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Interpretation (FIN) No. 48, 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement 109 (FIN) 48).  FIN 48 
establishes a single model to address accounting for uncertain tax positions.  FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for 
income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being 
recognized in the financial statements.  FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, measurement 
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.  The Company adopted 
FIN 48 on April 1, 2007, and did not recognize any cumulative-effect adjustment associated with its unrecognized 
tax benefits, interest, and penalties.  See further discussion in Note 9. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

All highly liquid investments, including marketable securities purchased with a remaining maturity of three 

months or less when acquired are considered to be cash equivalents. 

Investments 

The Company classifies its investments as trading securities or available-for-sale securities based upon 

management’s intent with regard to the investments and the nature of the underlying securities.   

The Company’s trading securities consist of strategic investments in shares of publicly traded common stock 

and restricted cash representing cash collateral for put options the Company has written on one of its trading 
securities.  The Company’s investments in trading securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses 
reported in other income, net.   

The Company’s available-for-sale investments consist of government agency bonds, municipal bonds, auction 
rate securities and corporate bonds.  The Company’s investments are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and 
losses reported in stockholders’ equity. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related 
available-for-sale security.  Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned.  The cost of securities sold is 
calculated using the specific identification method.   

The Company includes within short-term investments its trading securities, as well as its income yielding 
available-for-sale securities that can be readily converted to cash and includes within long-term investments those 
income yielding available-for-sale securities with maturities of over one year that have unrealized losses attributable 
to them. The Company has the ability to hold its long-term investments until such time as these assets are no longer 
impaired.  Such recovery is not expected to occur within the next year.   

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of 

its customers to make required payments, which is included in bad debt expense.  The Company determines the 
adequacy of this allowance by regularly reviewing the composition of its accounts receivable aging and evaluating 
individual customer receivables, considering such customer’s financial condition, credit history and current 
economic conditions.   

Inventories 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method.  The Company writes 

down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory in an amount equal to the difference 
between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and 
market conditions.  If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the Company, additional 
inventory write-downs may be required.  Inventory impairment charges establish a new cost basis for inventory and 
charges are not subsequently reversed to income even if circumstances later suggest that increased carrying amounts 
are recoverable.  In estimating reserves for obsolescence, the Company primarily evaluates estimates of demand 
over a twelve-month period and provides reserves for inventory on hand in excess of the estimated twelve-month 
demand. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while 
maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred.  The Company’s property and equipment accounting policies 
incorporate estimates, assumptions and judgments relative to the useful lives of its property and equipment.  
Depreciation is provided for assets placed in service on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the 

F-8 

 
relative assets, which range from 3 to 30 years.  The Company evaluates the carrying value of its property and 
equipment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may be impaired.  
Asset impairment evaluations are, by nature, highly subjective. 

Junior Subordinated Convertible Debentures  

The Company accounts for its junior subordinated convertible debentures and related provisions in accordance 

with the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue (EITF) No. 98-5, Accounting for Convertible Securities 
with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios, EITF No. 00-27, Application of 
Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments, EITF No. 00-19, Accounting for Derivative Financial 
Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock, and EITF No. 01-6, The Meaning of 
‘Indexed to a Company’s Own Stock’, EITF No. 04-08, The Effect of Contingently Convertible Debt on Diluted 
Earnings Per Share  (EITF 04-08) and EITF No. 90-19, Convertible Bonds with Issuer Option to Settle for Cash 
upon Conversion. The Company also evaluates the instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for 
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS No. 133), which requires bifurcation of embedded derivative 
instruments and measurement of fair value for accounting purposes. EITF 04-08 requires the Company to include 
the dilutive effect of the shares of its common stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding convertible 
debentures in its diluted income per share calculation regardless of whether the market price trigger or other 
contingent conversion feature has been met. The Company applies the treasury stock method as it has the intent and 
current ability to settle the principal amount of the convertible debentures in cash. This method results in 
incremental dilutive shares when the average fair value of the Company’s common stock for a reporting period 
exceeds the conversion price. 

The Company considers the embedded features related to the contingent interest payments, over-allotment 
option, and the Company’s ability to make specific types of distributions (e.g., extraordinary dividends) to qualify as 
derivatives and bundles them as a compound embedded derivative under SFAS No. 133. The fair value of the 
derivative at the date of issuance of the debentures is accounted for as a discount on the debentures. The over-
allotment feature which was revalued on the date of exercise is accounted for as a premium on the debentures. The 
debt discount and the debt premium are being accreted to the face value of the debentures as interest expense, net, 
over the maturity period of the debentures. Any change in the fair value of this embedded derivative is recognized as 
an unrealized gain or loss in Other income, net.  

Litigation 

The Company’s estimated range of liability related to pending litigation is based on claims for which 

management believes a loss is probable and it can estimate the amount or range of loss.  Because of the uncertainties 
related to both the amount and range of the loss on the pending litigation, the Company is unable to make a 
reasonable estimate of the liability that could result from an unfavorable outcome.  As additional information 
becomes available, the Company will assess the potential liability related to its pending litigation and revise its 
estimates, if necessary.   

Goodwill 

Goodwill is recorded when the purchase price paid for an acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net 

identified tangible and intangible assets acquired.  The Company is required to perform an annual impairment 
review, and more frequently under certain circumstances. The goodwill is subjected to this test during the fourth 
quarter of the Company’s fiscal year.  The Company engages primarily in the design, development, manufacture and 
marketing of semiconductor products and, as a result, the Company concluded there is one reporting unit.  The 
impairment review process compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value.  If the Company 
determines through the impairment process that goodwill has been impaired, the Company will record the 
impairment charge in its results of operation.  As of March 31, 2008, there was no impairment charge related to 
goodwill.   

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

The Company assesses whether indicators of impairment of long-lived assets are present.  If such indicators are 

present, the Company determines whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows attributable to the 
assets in question is less than their carrying value.  If less, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the 
excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their respective fair values.  Fair value is determined by discounted 
future cash flows, appraisals or other methods.  If the assets determined to be impaired are to be held and used, the 
Company recognizes an impairment loss through a charge to operating results to the extent the present value of 
anticipated net cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the asset’s carrying value.  The Company would 
depreciate the remaining value over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset. 

F-9 

 
  
Share-Based Compensation 

The Company has equity incentive plans under which non-qualified stock options and restricted stock units 
(RSUs) have been granted to employees and under which non-qualified stock options have been granted to non-
employee members of the Board of Directors.  In the second half of fiscal 2006, the Company adopted RSUs as its 
primary equity incentive compensation instrument for employees.  The Company also has an employee stock 
purchase plan for all eligible employees. 

Effective April 1, 2006, the Company adopted FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 

No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS No. 123R).  SFAS No. 123R requires all share-based 
payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, RSUs, and employee stock purchase rights, to 
be recognized in the financial statements based on their respective grant date fair values and does not allow the 
previously permitted pro forma disclosure-only method as an alternative to financial statement recognition.  
SFAS No. 123R supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,  Accounting for Stock Issued to 
Employees  (APB 25) and related interpretations, and amends SFAS No. 95,  Statement of Cash Flows.  
SFAS No. 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost be reported 
as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under previous literature.  This 
requirement has reduced the Company’s net operating cash flows and increased net financing cash flows.  In March 
2005, the SEC issued SAB No. 107,  Share-Based Payment  (SAB 107), which provides guidance regarding the 
interaction of SFAS No. 123R and certain SEC rules and regulations.  The Company has applied the provisions of 
SAB 107 in its adoption of SFAS No. 123R. 

The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R using the modified-prospective method of recognition of compensation 

expense related to share-based payments. The Company’s consolidated statements of income for the years ended 
March 31, 2008 reflect the impact of adopting SFAS No. 123R.  In accordance with the modified-prospective 
transition method, the Company’s consolidated statements of income for prior periods have not been restated to 
reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS No. 123R. 

SFAS No. 123R requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of 

grant using an option pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is 
recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service periods.  The Company has estimated the fair value of each 
award as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which was developed for use in 
estimating the value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and that are freely transferable.  The Black-
Scholes model considers, among other factors, the expected life of the award and the expected volatility of the 
Company’s stock price.   

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company presented all tax benefits of deductions resulting from 
the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.  SFAS 
No. 123R requires the cash flows resulting from the tax benefits arising from tax deductions in excess of the 
compensation cost recognized for the equity incentives (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows.  
The $21.2 million and $22.8 million excess tax benefit classified as a financing cash inflow in the Company’s 
accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ending March 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, 
would have been classified as an operating cash inflow of the Company prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R. 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company accounted for share-based payment awards to employees 

in accordance with APB 25 and related interpretations, and had adopted the disclosure-only alternative of 
SFAS No. 123,  Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation  (SFAS 123), and SFAS No. 148,  Accounting for 
Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure.  In accordance with APB 25, share-based compensation 
expense was not recorded in connection with share-based payment awards granted with exercise prices equal to or 
greater than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, unless certain modifications 
were subsequently made.  The Company recorded deferred compensation in connection with RSUs equal to the fair 
market value of the common stock on the date of grant.  Recorded deferred compensation was recognized as share-
based compensation expense ratably over the applicable vesting periods.  In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 
No. 123R, all deferred compensation previously recorded has been eliminated with a corresponding reduction in 
additional paid-in capital. 

Determining the appropriate fair-value model and calculating the fair value of share-based awards at the date of 
grant requires judgment.  The fair value of RSUs is based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock 
on the date of grant discounted for expected future dividends.  The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing 
model to estimate the fair value of employee stock options and rights to purchase shares under stock participation 
plans, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123R.  Option pricing models, including the Black-Scholes 
model, also require the use of input assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, expected dividend rate, 

F-10

 
and expected risk-free rate of return.  The Company uses a blend of historical and implied volatility based on 
options freely traded in the open market as it believes this is more reflective of market conditions and a better 
indicator of expected volatility than using purely historical volatility.  The expected life of the awards is based on 
historical and other economic data trended into the future.  The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on 
observed interest rates appropriate for the expected terms of the Company’s awards.  The dividend yield assumption 
is based on the Company’s history and expectation of future dividend payouts.  SFAS No. 123R requires the 
Company to develop an estimate of the number of share-based awards which will be forfeited due to employee 
turnover.  Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate would affect share-based compensation, as the effect of 
adjusting the rate for all expense amortization after April 1, 2006 is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate 
is changed.  If the actual forfeiture rate is higher than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to 
increase the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in a decrease to the expense recognized in the financial 
statements.  If the actual forfeiture rate is lower than the estimated forfeiture rate, then an adjustment is made to 
decrease the estimated forfeiture rate, which will result in an increase to the expense recognized in the financial 
statements.  If forfeiture adjustments are made, they would affect the Company’s results of operations.  The effect of 
forfeiture adjustments in the year ended March 31, 2008 was immaterial. 

The Company evaluates the assumptions used to value its awards on a quarterly basis.  If factors change and the 
Company employs different assumptions, share-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what was 
recorded in the past.  If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested securities, the 
Company may be required to accelerate or increase any remaining unearned share-based compensation expense.  
Future share-based compensation expense and unearned share-based compensation will increase to the extent that 
the Company grants additional equity awards to employees or it assumes unvested equity awards in connection with 
acquisitions.  Had the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R in prior periods, the magnitude of the impact of that 
standard on its results of operations would have approximated the impact of SFAS 123 assuming the application of 
the Black-Scholes option pricing model as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and pro forma net 
income per share in Note 14 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Concentrations of Credit Risk 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of 

investments in debt securities and trade receivables.  Investments in debt securities with original maturities of 
greater than six months consist primarily of AAA rated financial instruments and counterparties.  The Company’s 
investments are primarily in direct obligations of the United States government or its agencies and in municipal 
bonds. 

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are generally not significant due to the 

diversity of the Company’s customers and geographic sales areas.  The Company had one distributor that accounted 
for 10% or more of its net sales in the year ended March 31, 2008.  The Company sells its products primarily to 
OEMs and distributors in the Americas, Europe and Asia.  The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its 
customers’ financial condition and, as deemed necessary, may require collateral, primarily letters of credit.  No 
single end customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s net sales or accounts receivable balances during 
the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.  See Note 16, Geographic Information, for additional information 
on the Company’s largest distributors. 

Distributor advances, included in deferred income on shipments to distributors on our consolidated balance 
sheets, totaled $36.4 million at March 31, 2008 and $37.4 million at March 31, 2007.  On sales to distributors, our 
payment terms generally require the distributor to settle amounts owed to us for an amount in excess of their 
ultimate cost.  The Company’s sales price to its distributors may be higher than the amount that the distributors will 
ultimately owe the Company because distributors often negotiate price reductions after purchasing the product from 
us and such reductions are often significant.  It is the Company’s practice to apply these negotiated price discounts 
to future purchases, requiring the distributor to settle receivable balances, on a current basis, generally within 30 
days, for amounts originally invoiced.  This practice has an adverse impact on the working capital of the Company’s 
distributors.  As such, the Company has entered into agreements with certain distributors whereby it advances cash 
to the distributors to reduce the distributor’s working capital requirements.  These advances are reconciled at least 
on a quarterly basis and are estimated based on the amount of ending inventory as reported by the distributor 
multiplied by a negotiated percentage.  Such advances have no impact on revenue recognition or the Company’s 
consolidated statements of income.  The Company processes discounts taken by distributors against its deferred 
income on shipments to distributors’ balance and trues-up the advanced amounts generally after the end of each 
completed fiscal quarter.  The terms of these advances are set forth in binding legal agreements and are unsecured, 
bear no interest on unsettled balances and are due upon demand.  The agreements governing these advances can be 
cancelled by the Company at any time. 

F-11

 
Use of Estimates 

The Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets, liabilities, 
revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare the consolidated financial 
statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.  Actual results could differ from 
those estimates. 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements  

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 157, Fair Value 

Measurement (SFAS No. 157).  SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value 
measurements.  In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB 
Statement No. 157 (FSP FAS 157-2), which delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for all nonfinancial assets 
and liabilities except for those recognized or disclosed at least annually. Except for the delay for nonfinancial assets 
and liabilities, SFAS No. 157 is effective for the Company beginning April 1, 2008.  SFAS No. 157 is effective for 
fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years and will be adopted by 
the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2009.  The Company is in the process of determining the effect, if any, the 
adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.   

On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and 
Financial Liabilities (SFAS No. 159).  Under this Statement, the Company may elect to report financial instruments 
and certain other items at fair value on a contract-by-contract basis with changes in value reported in 
earnings.  SFAS No. 159 is effective for years beginning after November 15, 2007 and will be adopted by the 
Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2009.  The Company is in the process of determining the effect, if any, the 
adoption of SFAS No. 159 will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In June 2007, the FASB ratified EITF 07-3, Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or 
Services Received for Use in Future Research and Development Activities (EITF 07-3).  EITF 07-3 requires that 
nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and 
development activities be deferred and capitalized and recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the 
related services are performed.  EITF 07-3 is effective, on a prospective basis, for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2007 and will be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2009.  The Company does not 
expect the adoption of EITF 07-3 to have a material effect on its consolidated results of operations and financial 
condition. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (SFAS No. 141R).  
SFAS No. 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial 
statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the 
goodwill acquired. SFAS No. 141R also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature 
and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2010.  The Company is 
currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, of the adoption of SFAS No. 141R on its consolidated results of 
operations and financial condition. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial 
Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (SFAS No. 160).  SFAS No. 160 establishes 
accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the 
amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent's 
ownership interest, and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is 
deconsolidated. SFAS No. 160 also establishes disclosure requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between 
the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners.  SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2010.  The 
Company is currently evaluating the potential impact, if any, the adoption of SFAS 160 will have on its consolidated 
results of operations and financial condition. 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging 

Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS No. 161).  The standard requires additional 
quantitative disclosures (provided in tabular form) and qualitative disclosures for derivative instruments.  The 
required disclosures include how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial 
position, financial performance, and cash flows; relative volume of derivative activity; the objectives and strategies 
for using derivative instruments; the accounting treatment for those derivative instruments formally designated as 
the hedging instrument in a hedge relationship; and the existence and nature of credit-related contingent features for 

F-12

 
derivatives. SFAS No. 161 does not change the accounting treatment for derivative instruments. SFAS No. 161 is 
effective for the Company beginning April 1, 2009.  The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 161 to 
have a material impact on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

In May 2008, the FASB released FSP APB 14-1 Accounting For Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be 
Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement) (FSP APB 14-1) that alters the accounting 
treatment for convertible debt instruments that allow for either mandatory or optional cash settlements.  FSP APB 
14-1, will impact the accounting associated with the Company's $1.15 billion junior subordinated convertible 
debentures.  FSP APB 14-1 specifies that issuers of such instruments should separately account for the liability and 
equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is 
recognized in subsequent periods, and will require the Company to recognize additional (non-cash) interest expense 
based on the market rate for similar debt instruments without the conversion feature.  Furthermore, it would require 
recognizing interest expense in prior periods pursuant to retrospective accounting treatment.  This FSP is effective 
for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by the 
Company on April 1, 2009.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of FSP APB 14-1 will 
have on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition. 

2. 

SPECIAL CHARGES 

Loss on Sale of Fab 3 

The Company received an unsolicited offer on its Puyallup, Washington facility (Fab 3) in September 2007.  
The Company assessed its available capacity in its current facilities, along with potential available capacity from 
outside foundries and determined the capacity of Fab 3 would not be required in the near term.  As a result of this 
assessment, the Company accepted the offer on September 21, 2007, and the transaction closed on October 19, 
2007.  The Company received $27.5 million in cash, net of expenses associated with the sale, and recognized a loss 
on sale of $26.8 million, representing the difference between the carrying value of the assets and the amounts 
received. 

There were no special charges in fiscal 2007 or fiscal 2006. 

3. 

INVESTMENTS 

The Company’s investments are intended to establish a high-quality portfolio that preserves principal, meets 

liquidity needs, avoids inappropriate concentrations and delivers an appropriate yield in relationship to the 
Company’s investment guidelines and market conditions.  The following is a summary of available-for-sale and 
trading securities at March 31, 2008 (amounts in thousands):  

Available-for-sale Securities 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

$   

$   

1,933 
2,877 
--- 
--- 
4,810 

$   

$   

--- 
395 
1,095 
102 
1,592 

Trading Securities 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

$   

$   

227 
--- 
227 

$   

$   

--- 
--- 
--- 

Estimated  
Fair Value 
$    399,641 
  466,013 
56,141 
79,898 
$    1,001,693 

Estimated  
Fair Value 
12,360 
17,275 
29,635 

$   

$   

Government agency bonds 
Municipal bonds 
Auction rate securities 
Corporate bonds  

Adjusted  
Cost 
$    397,708 
  463,531 
57,236 
80,000 
$   998,475 

Marketable securities 
Restricted cash 

Adjusted  
Cost 
12,133 
17,275 
29,408 

$   

$   

F-13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At March 31, 2008, short-term investments consist of $837.0 million and long-term investments consist of 

$194.3 million. 

The $12.4 million in marketable securities listed above relates to strategic investments in two publicly traded 
companies that the Company owned shares in at March 31, 2008 and has classified these as trading securities.  In 
fiscal 2008, the Company recognized an unrealized gain in earnings of $0.2 million on these trading securities.  The 
restricted cash of $17.3 million represents cash collateral for put options the Company has written on one of its 
trading securities.  The Company recorded the value received at the date the puts were written within other current 
liabilities at an amount equal to the cash received at that time.  The Company records the change in the fair value of 
the puts in other income, net at each balance sheet date.  At March 31, 2008, the fair value of the puts of $1.4 million 
was recorded in other current liabilities.  These put options have final maturities in June and September 2008 and if 
the stock price of the investment falls below the strike price of the puts, the Company may need to make an 
additional investment at the designated strike price of the puts. 

At March 31, 2008, $59.7 million of the Company’s investment portfolio was invested in auction rate securities.  

Historically, the carrying value of auction rate securities approximated fair value due to the frequent resetting of the 
interest rates.  If an auction fails for amounts the Company has invested, the investment will not be liquid.  With the 
recent liquidity issues experienced in the global credit and capital markets, the Company’s auction rate securities 
have experienced multiple failed auctions.  In September 2007 and February 2008, auctions for $24.9 million and 
$34.8 million, respectively, of the original purchase value of the Company’s investments in auction rate securities 
had first failed.  While the Company continues to earn interest on these investments based on a pre-determined 
formula with spreads tied to particular interest rate indexes, the estimated market value for a portion of these auction 
rate securities no longer approximates the original purchase value. 

The $24.9 million in failed auctions during September 2007 are all either AA or AAA rated by Standard & 
Poors and all but $2.5 million of the securities possesses credit enhancement in the form of insurance for principal 
and interest.  The underlying characteristics of $22.4 million of these auction rate securities relate to servicing 
statutory requirements in the life insurance industry and $2.5 million relate to a specialty finance company that has a 
AAA Standard & Poors rating and the issue owned by the Company has a AA rating from Standard & Poors.  The 
$24.9 million in failed auctions have continued to fail through May 23, 2008.  As a result, the Company will not be 
able to access such funds until a future auction on these investments is successful.  The fair value of the failed 
auction rate securities has been estimated based on market information and estimates determined by management 
and could change significantly based on market conditions.  Based on the estimated values, the Company concluded 
these investments were other than temporarily impaired and recognized an impairment charge on these investments 
of $2.4 million during fiscal 2008.  If the issuers are unable to successfully close future auctions or if their credit 
ratings deteriorate, the Company may be required to further adjust the carrying value of the investments through an 
impairment charge to earnings. 

The $34.8 million in failed auctions during February 2008 are investments in student loan-backed municipal 

bond auction rate securities.  Based upon the Company’s evaluation of available information, it believes these 
investments are of high credit quality, as all of the investments carry at least two AAA credit ratings and are largely 
backed by the federal government (Federal Family Education Loan Program).  The fair value of the failed auction 
rate securities has been estimated based on market information and estimates determined by management and could 
change significantly based on market conditions. 

The Company continues to monitor the market for auction rate securities and consider its impact (if any) on the 

fair market value of its investments.  If the market conditions deteriorate further, the Company may be required to 
record additional unrealized losses in other comprehensive income or impairment charges.  The Company intends 
and has the ability to hold these auction rate securities until the market recovers as it does not anticipate having to 
sell these securities to fund the operations of its business.  The Company believes that, based on its current 
unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investment balances, the current lack of liquidity in the credit and 
capital markets will not have a material impact on its liquidity, cash flow or ability to fund its operations. 

At March 31, 2008, the Company evaluated its investment portfolio, and noted unrealized losses of $1.6 million 

were due to fluctuations in interest rates and credit market conditions.  Management does not believe any of the 
unrealized losses represented an other-than-temporary impairment based on its evaluation of available evidence as 
of March 31, 2008.  The Company’s intent is to hold these investments to such time as these assets are no longer 
impaired.  For those investments not scheduled to mature until after March 31, 2009, such recovery is not 
anticipated to occur in the next year and these investments have been classified as long-term investments.   

F-14

 
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the available-for-sale securities at March 31, 2008, by maturity, 

are shown below (amounts in thousands).  Expected maturities can differ from contractual maturities because the 
issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties, and the Company 
views its available-for-sale securities as available for current operations.  

Available-for-sale 
  Due in one year or less 
  Due after one year and through five years 
  Due after five years and through ten years 
  Due after ten years 

Adjusted 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

$ 
99,780 
   841,459 
--- 
57,236
$  998,475 

$   

410 
  4,400 
--- 
---
$    4,810 

$   

$   

--- 
497 
--- 
1,095
1,592 

Estimated  
Fair Value 

$ 

100,190 
845,362 
--- 
56,141
$  1,001,693 

The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities at March 31, 2007 (amounts in thousands): 

Government agency bonds 
Auction rate securities 
Municipal bonds 
Commercial paper 

Adjusted 
Cost 
$  743,278 
   330,710 
20,675 
25,000
$ 1,119,663 

$   

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 
--- 
--- 
--- 
---
--- 

$   

Gross  
Unrealized 
Losses 

$ 

$ 

8,067 
660 
--- 
26
8,753 

$ 

Estimated  
Fair Value 
735,211 
330,050 
20,675 
24,974
$  1,110,910 

At March 31, 2007, short-term investments consist of $583.0 million and long-term investments consist of 

$527.9 million. 

During the year ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2007, the Company did not have any gross realized gains 

or losses on sales of available-for-sale securities.   

4. 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable consists of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Trade accounts receivable 
Other 

Less allowance for doubtful accounts 

March 31, 

2008 
$ 140,966 
505
  141,741 
3,152
$ 138,319 

5. 

INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Raw materials 
Work in process 
Finished goods 

March 31, 

$ 

2008 
4,205 
95,973 
24,305
$ 124,483 

2007 
$ 127,467 
636
  128,103 
3,544
$ 124,559 

2007 

$ 

5,118 
83,783 
32,123
$ 121,024 

F-15

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Land 
Building and building improvements 
Machinery and equipment 
Projects in process 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 

$ 

2008 
39,764 
330,519 
  1,100,759 
78,073 
  1,549,115 
  1,026,810 
$  522,305 

March 31, 

$ 

2007 
47,212 
372,149 
  1,059,565 
69,040 
  1,547,966 
942,244 
$  605,722 

Depreciation expense attributed to property, plant and equipment was $98.2 million, $114.3 million and $109.3 

million for the years ending March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.   

7. 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Intangible assets consist of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Developed technology 
Distribution rights 

Developed technology 
Distribution rights 

Gross 
Amount 
21,582 
5,236 
26,818 

Gross 
Amount 
16,571 
5,236 
21,807 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

March 31, 2008 
Accumulated 
Amortization 
(12,605) 
(2,600) 
(15,205) 

$ 

$ 

March 31, 2007 
Accumulated 
Amortization 
(11,242) 
(2,109) 
(13,351) 

$ 

$ 

Net 
Amount 
8,977 
2,636 
11,613 

$ 

$ 

Net 
Amount 
5,329 
3,127 
8,456 

$ 

$ 

The Company amortizes intangible assets over their expected useful lives, which range between 1 and 10 years. 

In fiscal 2008, the Company acquired $5.0 million of developed technology, which has a weighted average 
amortization period of 8.2 years.  The following is an expected amortization schedule for the intangible assets for 
the fiscal years March 31, 2009 through March 31, 2013, absent any future acquisitions or impairment charges 
(amounts in thousands): 

Year Ending  
March 31, 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 

$ 

Projected  
Amortization Expense 
2,554 
2,167 
1,787 
1,785 
1,770 

The Company did not record any impairment losses in the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006 

associated with the intangible assets acquired. 

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. 

ACCRUED LIABILITIES 

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Income taxes 
Other accrued expenses 

March 31, 

  $ 

2008 

--- 
56,323 

2007 
  $  84,432 
45,450 

  $  56,323 

  $  129,882 

As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, the Company reclassified its current income tax payable to long-term 

income tax payable in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 as described in Footnote 9 below. 

9. 

INCOME TAXES 

Effective April 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provision of FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income 

Taxes–an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.  The adoption of FIN 48 did not impact the Company’s 
statements of operations or statements of cash flows. The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of the 
date of adoption was $102.8 million.  The Company historically classified unrecognized tax benefits in current 
income taxes payable.  As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, unrecognized tax benefits were reclassified to long-
term income taxes payable.  

The Company’s policy to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision 
for taxes on the consolidated statements of income did not change as a result of implementing the provisions of FIN 
48.  As of the date of adoption of FIN 48, the Company did not have an accrued liability for the payment of interest 
and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits due to tax overpayments. 

The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions.  Significant 

judgment is required in evaluating its uncertain tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes.  
Although the Company believes that it has adequately reserved for its uncertain tax positions, no assurance can be 
given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different.  The Company will adjust these reserves in 
light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate.  To the 
extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact 
the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.  The provision for income taxes 
includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to the reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as 
related net interest. 

The Company recognizes liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the United States and other domestic and 
international tax jurisdictions based on its estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional tax payments are 
more likely than not.  The Company believes it maintains appropriate reserves to offset potential income tax 
liabilities that may arise upon final resolution of matters for open tax years.  The United States Internal Revenue 
Service (IRS) is currently auditing the Company’s fiscal years ended March 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.  The 
Company believes that it has appropriate support for the income tax positions taken and to be taken on its tax returns 
and that its accruals for tax liabilities are appropriate for all open years based on an assessment of many factors 
including past experience and interpretations of tax law applied to the facts of each matter.  If such amounts 
ultimately prove to be unnecessary, the resulting reversal of such reserves would result in tax benefits being 
recorded in the period the reserves are no longer deemed necessary.  If such assessments ultimately prove to be 
greater than anticipated, a future charge to expense would be recorded in the period in which the assessment is 
determined.  Although timing of the resolution and/or closure on audits is highly uncertain, the Company does not 
believe it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits would materially change in the next 12 months.  

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits from 

April 1, 2007 to March 31, 2008 (in thousands): 

Balance as of April 1, 2007 
Decreases related to prior year tax positions 
Increases related to current year tax positions 
Increases related to prior year tax positions 
Balance as of March 31, 2008 

$ 

102,757 
 (10,964) 
17,576 
            2,942 
112,311 
$ 

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of March 31, 2008, we had accrued approximately $3.5 million related to the potential payment of interest 
on our uncertain tax positions, net of interest receivable on tax overpayments.  Interest was included in our provision 
for income taxes.  We have not accrued any penalties related to our uncertain tax positions as we believe that it is 
more likely than not that there will not be any assessments of penalties. 

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Current expense: 
Federal 
State 
Foreign 
Total current 

Deferred expense (benefit): 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Total deferred 

2008 

Year Ended March 31, 
2007 

2006 

$    31,202 
3,124 
9,350 
  43,676 

$    24,334 
2,437 
8,267 
  35,038 

7,336 
734 
1,491 
9,561 
$    53,237 

  10,005 
1,001 
(1,983) 
9,023 
$   44,061 

$ 

79,082 
5,837 
14,381 
99,300 

16,165 
1,618 
(267) 
17,516 
$  116,816 

The tax benefit associated with the exercise of employee stock options reduced taxes currently payable by 
$21.9 million, $22.9 million and $29.4 million for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  
These amounts were credited to additional paid-in capital in each of the three fiscal years. 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate to 
income before income taxes.  The sources and tax effects of the differences in the total income tax provision are as 
follows (amounts in thousands): 

Computed expected income tax provision 
State income taxes, net of federal benefits 
Domestic production activites/foreign export sales 
benefit 
Research and development tax credits 
Foreign income taxed at lower than the federal rate 
Tax benefit from IRS settlement 
Release of tax reserves 
Repatriation of foreign earnings 

2008 
$  122,845 
2,727 
(257) 

Year Ended March 31, 
2007 
$  140,382 
5,103 
(658) 

2006 
$  125,715 
3,548 
(2,600) 

(2,625) 
(58,489) 
--- 
(10,964) 
           --- 
$  53,237 

(3,573) 
(44,993) 
(52,200) 
--- 
           --- 
$  44,061 

(2,095) 
(38,362) 
--- 
--- 
      30,610 
$  116,816 

Pretax income from foreign operations was $273.1 million, $255.3 million and $257.8 million for the years 

ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Unremitted foreign earnings that are considered to be 
permanently invested outside the United States, and on which no deferred taxes have been provided, amounted to 
approximately $949.8 million at March 31, 2008.  Should the Company elect in the future to repatriate a portion of 
the foreign earnings so invested, the Company would incur income tax expense on such repatriation, net of any 
available deductions and foreign tax credits.  This would result in additional income tax expense beyond the 
computed expected provision in such periods.   

During the year ended March 31, 2008, the Company realized a U.S. tax benefit of $10.3 million as a result of 
the sale of Fab 3 and realized a tax benefit of $11.0 million  as the result of the release of previously established tax 
reserves consisting of approximately $5.7 million related to the resolution of a foreign tax matter in the third quarter 
of fiscal 2008, $4.5 million related to the release of tax reserves for certain international tax exposures in the fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2008 and approximately $0.8 million related to accrued interest and other reserve matters.  The tax 
reserve releases are reflected as a separate line in the rate reconciliation table above.  These tax benefits decreased 
the Company’s effective tax rate for fiscal 2008 by approximately 4.4 percentage points to 15.2%. 

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the year ended March 31, 2007, the Company completed a settlement agreement with the IRS for its 
fiscal years ended March 31, 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001.  As part of this settlement the Company recognized $52.2 
million as a tax benefit in March 2007 related to amounts previously accrued for the issues that were in dispute with 
the IRS.  This tax benefit decreased the Company’s effective tax rate for fiscal 2007 by approximately 13.0 
percentage points, to 11.0%.  This decrease is reflected as a separate line in the rate reconciliation table above. 

The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the Jobs Act) created a temporary incentive for U.S. corporations to 

repatriate accumulated income earned abroad by providing an 85% dividends-received deduction for certain 
dividends from controlled non-U.S. corporations.  During fiscal 2006, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer 
approved a domestic reinvestment plan, under which the Company repatriated $500 million in earnings outside the 
U.S. pursuant to the Jobs Act.  The Company recorded additional tax expense in fiscal 2006 of approximately 
$30.6 million ($0.14 per diluted common share) related to this decision to repatriate non-U.S. earnings.  This 
repatriation increased the Company’s effective rate for fiscal 2006 by approximately 8.5 percentage points, to 
32.5%.  This increase is reflected as a separate line item in the rate reconciliation table above. 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and 

deferred tax liabilities are as follows (amounts in thousands): 

March 31, 

2008 

2007 

Deferred tax assets: 

Deferred intercompany profit  
Deferred income on shipments to distributors 
Inventory valuation 
Net operating loss carryforward 
Share-based compensation 
Tax credit carryforward  
Accrued expenses and other 
Gross deferred tax assets 

  $ 

8,733 
23,040 
1,110 
2,864 
18,627 
--- 
8,888 
63,262 

  $ 

8,089 
22,732 
1,490 
3,890 
 9,344 
6,814 
9,624 
61,983 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Property, plant and equipment, principally  

due to differences in depreciation 

Junior convertible debentures 
Other 
Gross deferred tax liability 
Net deferred tax asset 

  (11,277) 
(9,089) 
(1,095) 
  (21,460) 
  $  41,801 

(7,615) 
--- 
(712) 
(8,327) 
  $  53,656 

Management believes that the Company’s results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income 

such that it is “more likely than not” that the deferred tax assets will be realized. 

At March 31, 2008, the Company had a net operating loss carryforward for federal income tax purposes of 

approximately $7.4 million, which begins to expire in varying amounts in the years 2020 through 2022.  The net 
operating loss carryforward is attributable to the acquisition of PowerSmart in fiscal 2003.  An analysis of the annual 
limitation on the utilization of the PowerSmart net operating losses was performed in accordance with Internal 
Revenue Code Section 382.  It was determined that Section 382 will not limit the use of the PowerSmart net 
operating losses in full over the carryover period. 

The Company’s Thailand manufacturing operations currently benefit from numerous tax holidays granted to the 
Company based on its investment in property, plant and equipment in Thailand.  The Company’s tax holiday periods 
in Thailand expire at various times in the future beginning in May 2010.  The Company does not expect the future 
expiration of any of its tax holiday periods in Thailand to have a material impact on its effective tax rate.  The 
aggregate dollar benefits derived from these tax holidays approximated $7.1 million, $6.1 million and $7.9 million 
for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  The benefit the tax holiday had on diluted net 
income per share approximated $0.03, $0.03 and $0.04 for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, 
respectively.   

10. 

2.125% Junior Subordinated Convertible Debentures 

In December 2007, the Company issued $1.15 billion principal amount of 2.125% junior subordinated 

convertible debentures due December 15, 2037, to two initial purchasers in a private offering.  The debentures are 
subordinated in right of payment to any future senior debt of the Company and are effectively subordinated in right 

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of payment to the liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries.  The debentures are convertible, subject to certain 
conditions, into shares of the Company’s common stock at an initial conversion rate of 29.2783 shares of common 
stock per one thousand dollar principal amount of debentures, representing an initial conversion price of 
approximately $34.16 per share of common stock.  As of March 31, 2008, none of the conditions allowing holders 
of the debentures to convert had been met.  The conversion rate will be subject to adjustment for certain events as 
outlined in the indenture governing the debentures, including in the event the Company pays a cash dividend on its 
common stock, but will not be adjusted for accrued interest.  As a result of a cash dividend of $0.32 per share paid in 
February 2007, the conversion rate was adjusted to 29.5742 shares of common stock per $1,000 of principal amount 
of debentures, representing a conversion price of approximately $33.81 per share of common stock.  The Company 
received net proceeds of $1,127.0 million after deduction of issuance costs of $23.0 million.  The debt issuance costs 
are recorded in long-term other assets and are being amortized to interest expense over 30 years.  Interest is payable 
in cash semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15, beginning on June 15, 2008.  Interest expense related 
to the debentures for fiscal 2008 totaled $8.0 million, and was included in interest expense on the consolidated 
statement of income.  The debentures also have a contingent interest component that will require the Company to 
pay interest during any semiannual interest period if the average trading price of the debenture is greater or less than 
certain thresholds beginning with the semi-annual interest period commencing on December 15, 2017 (the 
maximum amount of contingent interest that will accrue is 0.50% of such average trading price per year) and upon 
the occurrence of certain events, as outlined in the indenture governing the debentures. 

On or after December 15, 2017, the Company may redeem all or part of the debentures for the principal amount 
plus any accrued and unpaid interest if the closing price of the Company’s common stock has been at least 150% of 
the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days during any 30 consecutive trading-day period prior to 
the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption.  The debentures are also redeemable on or prior to 
June 7, 2008 if certain U.S. federal tax rules are enacted. 

Prior to September 1, 2037, holders of the debentures may convert their debentures only upon the occurrence of 
certain events, as outlined in the indenture.  If holders of the debentures convert their debentures in connection with 
a fundamental change, as defined in the indenture, the Company will, in certain circumstances, be required to pay a 
make-whole premium in the form of an increase in the conversion rate.  Additionally, in the event of a fundamental 
change, the holders of the debentures may require the Company to purchase all or a portion of their debentures at a 
purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of debentures, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. 

Upon conversion, the Company can satisfy its conversion obligation by delivering cash, shares of common 
stock or any combination, at the Company’s option.  The Company intends to satisfy the lesser of the principal 
amount of the debentures or the conversion value in cash.  If the conversion value of a debenture exceeds the 
principal amount, the Company may also elect to deliver cash in lieu of common stock for the conversion value in 
excess of one thousand dollars principal amount (conversion spread).  There would be no adjustment to the 
numerator in the net income per common share computation for the cash settled portion of the debentures as that 
portion of the debt instrument will always be settled in cash.  The conversion spread will be included in the 
denominator for the computation of diluted net income per common share. 

Under the terms of a registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the offering of the debentures, 

the Company filed a shelf registration statement covering resales of the debentures and any common stock issuable 
upon conversion of the debentures with the SEC.   The Company must maintain the effectiveness of the shelf 
registration statement until all of the debentures and all shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the 
debentures cease to be outstanding, have been sold or transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement, 
have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the period of time specified in 
Rule 144 for the holding period has passed.  If the Company fails to comply with the terms of the registration rights 
agreement, it will be required to pay additional interest on the debentures at a rate per annum equal to 0.25% for the 
first 90 days after the date of such failure and 0.50% thereafter.  

The Company concluded the embedded features related to the contingent interest payments, the Company 
making specific types of distributions (e.g., extraordinary dividends), the redemption feature in the event of changes 
in tax law, and penalty interest in the event of a failure to maintain an effective registration qualify as derivatives 
and should be bundled as a compound embedded derivative under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative 
Instruments and Hedging Activities (SFAS No. 133). Additionally, the Company concluded the registration rights 
agreement entered into at the time the Company issued the debt is a separate bifurcated derivative, however, the 
value of this derivative was deemed to be immaterial, due to the low likelihood the registration would not occur.  
The fair value of the compound embedded derivative at the date of issuance of the debentures was $1.3 million and 
is accounted for as a discount on the debentures.  The resulting value of the debentures of $1,148.7 million will be 
accreted to par value over the term of the debt resulting in $1.3 million being amortized to interest expense over 30 

F-20

 
years.  Any change in fair value of this embedded derivative will be included in interest expense on the Company’s 
consolidated statements of income. The fair value of the derivative as of March 31, 2008 was $1.5 million, resulting 
in $0.2 million of additional interest expense in fiscal 2008.  The balance of the debentures on the Company’s 
consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2008 was $1,150.1 million, including the fair value of the embedded 
derivative. The Company also concluded that the debentures are not conventional convertible debt instruments and 
that the embedded stock conversion option qualifies as a derivative under SFAS No. 133.  In addition, in accordance 
with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-19, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to and 
Potentially Settled in a Company’s Own Stock, the Company has concluded that the embedded conversion option 
would be classified in stockholders’ equity if it were a freestanding instrument.  Accordingly, the embedded 
conversion option is not required to be accounted for separately as a derivative. 

11. 

CONTINGENCIES 

In the ordinary course of its business, the Company is involved in a limited number of legal actions, both as 
plaintiff and defendant, and could incur uninsured liability in any one or more of them.  On April 18, 2008, LSI 
Logic and its wholly owned subsidiary Agere, filed both an action with the International Trade Commission and a 
complaint in the Eastern District of Texas alleging patent infringement by the Company and 17 other semiconductor 
and foundry companies.  These actions seek monetary damages and injunctive relief against the allegedly infringing 
products.  Due to the very early stage of these proceedings, the outcome of these actions is not presently 
determinable, and therefore the Company can make no assessment of its materiality.  The Company intends to 
vigorously defend its rights in these matters.  The Company periodically receives notification from various third 
parties alleging patent infringement of patents, intellectual property rights or other matters.  With respect to these 
and other pending legal actions to which Microchip is a party, although the outcome of these actions is not presently 
determinable, in the Company’s opinion, based on consultation with legal counsel, as of March 31, 2008, the 
ultimate resolution of these matters will not harm its business and will not have a material adverse effect on its 
financial position, cash flows or results of operations.  Litigation relating to the semiconductor industry is not 
uncommon, and the Company is, and from time to time has been, subject to such litigation.   No assurances can be 
given with respect to the extent or outcome of any such litigation in the future. 

12. 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Stockholder Rights Plan.  Effective October 11, 1999, the Company adopted an Amended and Restated 
Preferred Shares Rights Agreement as amended on January 29, 2008 (the Amended Rights Agreement).  The 
Amended Rights Agreement amends and restates the Preferred Share Rights Agreement adopted by the Company as 
of February 13, 1995 (the Prior Rights Agreement).  Under the Prior Rights Agreement, on February 13, 1995, the 
Company’s Board of Directors declared a dividend of one right (a Right) to purchase one one-hundredth of a share 
of the Company’s Series A Participating Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred) for each outstanding share of common 
stock, $.001 par value, of the Company.  The dividend was payable on February 24, 1995 to stockholders of record 
as of the close of business on that date.  The Amended Rights Agreement supersedes the Prior Rights Agreement as 
originally executed.  Under the Amended Rights Agreement, each Right enables the holder to purchase from the 
Company one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Preferred at a purchase price of seventy four dollars and seven 
cents ($74.07) (the Purchase Price), subject to adjustment.  Under the Amended Rights Agreement, the rights will 
become exercisable upon the earlier of (i) 10 days following a public announcement that a person or a group of 
affiliated or associated persons has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 18% or more 
of the Company’s outstanding common shares, or (ii) 10 days (or such later date as may be determined by action of 
the Company’s Board of Directors) following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention to make, a 
tender offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in a beneficial ownership by a person or 
group of 18% or more of the Company’s outstanding common shares. 

Stock Repurchase Activity.  On October 25, 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had 

authorized the repurchase of up to 10.0 million shares of its common stock in the open market or in privately 
negotiated transactions.  As of March 31, 2008, the Company had repurchased all of the shares under this 
authorization for $333.3 million. On December 11, 2007, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had 
authorized the repurchase of up to an additional 10.0 million shares of its common stock in the open market or in 
privately negotiated transactions.  As of March 31, 2008, the Company had repurchased 3.5 million shares under this 
authorization for $110.7 million.  There is no expiration date associated with this program.  

The Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 21.5 million shares of its common stock 
concurrent with the junior subordinated convertible debenture transaction for $638.6 million and no further shares 
are available to be repurchased under this authorization. 

F-21

 
During the year ended March 31, 2008, the Company purchased 36.5 million shares of its common stock for 

$1,138.0 million.  During the year ended March 31, 2007, the Company did not repurchase any of its shares of 
common stock.  During the year ended March 31, 2006, the Company purchased 0.1 million shares of its common 
stock for $3.3 million. 

As of March 31, 2008, approximately 34.5 million shares remained as treasury shares with the balance of the 

shares being used to fund share issuance requirements under the Company’s equity incentive plans. The timing and 
amount of future repurchases will depend upon market conditions, interest rates, and corporate considerations. 

13. 

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

The Company maintains a contributory profit-sharing plan for its domestic employees meeting certain 

eligibility and service requirements.  The plan qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, 
as amended, and allows employees to contribute up to 60% of their base salary, subject to maximum annual 
limitations prescribed by the IRS.  The Company shall make a matching contribution of up to 25% of the first 4% of 
the participant’s eligible compensation and may award up to an additional 25% under the discretionary match.  All 
matches are provided on a quarterly basis and require the participant to be an active employee at the end of each 
quarter.  For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company contributions to the plan totaled 
$1.4 million, $1.7 million and $1.5 million, respectively.   

The Company’s 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the 2001 Purchase Plan) became effective on March 1, 
2002.  The Board of Directors approved the 2001 Purchase Plan in May 2001 and the stockholders approved it in 
August 2001.  Under the 2001 Purchase Plan, eligible employees of the Company may purchase shares of common 
stock at semi-annual intervals through periodic payroll deductions.  The purchase price in general will be 85% of the 
lower of the fair market value of the common stock on the first day of the participant’s entry date into the offering 
period or 85% of the fair market value on the semi-annual purchase date.  Depending upon a participant’s entry date 
into the 2001 Purchase Plan, purchase periods under the 2001 Purchase Plan consist of overlapping periods of either 
24, 18, 12 or 6 months in duration.  In May 2003 and August 2003, the Company’s Board and stockholders, 
respectively, each approved an annual automatic increase in the number of shares reserved under the 2001 Purchase 
Plan.  The automatic increase took effect on January 1, 2005, and on each January 1 thereafter during the term of the 
plan, and is equal to the lesser of (i) 1,500,000 shares, (ii) one half of one percent (0.5%) of the then outstanding 
shares of the Company’s common stock, or (iii) such lesser amount as is approved by the Company’s Board of 
Directors.  On January 1, 2008, 945,068 additional shares were reserved under the 2001 Purchase Plan based on the 
automatic increase.  On January 1, 2007, 1,080,191 additional shares were reserved under the 2001 Purchase Plan 
based on the automatic increase.  On January 1, 2006, 1,058,541 additional shares were reserved under the 2001 
Purchase Plan based on the automatic increase.  Since the inception of the 2001 Purchase Plan, 7,544,663 shares of 
common stock have been reserved for issuance and 2,547,151 shares have been issued under this purchase plan. 

During fiscal 1995, a purchase plan was adopted for employees in non-U.S. locations.  Such plan allows for the 

purchase price per share to be 100% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning or 
end of the semi-annual purchase plan period.  Effective May 1, 2006, the Company’s Board approved a purchase 
price per share equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock at the 
beginning or end of the semi-annual purchase plan period.  Since the inception of this purchase plan, 753,645 shares 
of common stock have been reserved for issuance and 322,011 shares have been issued under this purchase plan.   

Effective January 1, 1997, the Company adopted a non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement.  This 
plan is unfunded and is maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group 
of highly compensated employees as defined in ERISA Sections 201, 301 and 401.  There are no Company 
matching contributions made under this plan. 

The Company has management incentive compensation plans which provides for bonus payments, based on a 

percentage of base salary, from an incentive pool created from operating profits of the Company, at the discretion of 
the Board of Directors.  During the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, $9.2 million, $12.4 million and 
$14.1 million were charged against operations for this plan, respectively. 

The Company also has a plan that, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, provides a cash bonus to all 
employees of the Company based on the operating profits of the Company.  During the years ended March 31, 2008, 
2007 and 2006, $2.3 million, $6.2 million and $9.4 million, respectively, were charged against operations for this 
plan. 

14. 

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS 

The Company has equity incentive plans under which incentive stock options, restricted stock units (RSUs) and 
non-qualified stock options have been granted to employees and under which non-qualified stock options have been 

F-22

 
granted to non-employee members of the Board of Directors.  The Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as 
amended and restated (the 2004 Plan), is shareholder approved and permits the grant of stock options and RSUs to 
employees, non-employee members of the Board of Directors and consultants.  At March 31, 2008, 11.3 million 
shares remained available for future grant under the 2004 Plan.  Stock options and RSUs are designed to reward 
employees for their long-term contributions to the Company and to provide incentive for them to remain employed 
with the Company.  The Company believes that such awards better align the interests of its employees with those of 
its shareholders.   

The Board of Directors or the plan administrator determines eligibility, vesting schedules and exercise prices for 

equity incentives granted under the plans.  Equity incentives granted generally have a term of 10 years.  Equity 
incentives granted in the case of newly hired employees generally vest and become exercisable at the rate of 25% 
after one year of service and ratably on a monthly or quarterly basis over a period of 36 months thereafter.  
Subsequent equity incentive grants to existing employees generally vest and become exercisable ratably on a 
monthly or quarterly basis over a period starting in 48 months and ending in 60 months after the date of grant.  
Beginning in fiscal 2008, the Company converted its equity granting practices to a quarterly process instead of an 
annual process.  The quarterly grants generally vest 48 months from the date of grant. 

Under the plans, 106,026,866 shares of common stock had been reserved for issuance since the inception of the 

plans. 

Share-Based Compensation Expense 

The following table presents details of share-based compensation expense resulting from the application of 

SFAS No. 123R (amounts in thousands): 

Cost of sales 
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Pre-tax effect of share-based compensation 
Income tax benefit 
Net income effect of share-based compensation 

2008(1) 

$ 

6,191(2) 

10,695 
15,960 
32,846 
6,395 
26,451 

$ 

Year Ended 
March 31, 
2007(1) 
$  3,255(2) 

9,623 
14,501 
27,379 
6,570 
$  20,809 

2006 

--- 
214 
364 
578 
139 
439 

$ 

$ 

(1) The amounts included in the years ended March 31, 2008 and March 31, 2007 reflect the adoption of SFAS No. 
123R.  In accordance with the modified prospective method of transition, the Company’s consolidated statements of 
income for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS No. 123R. 
(2) During the year ended March 31, 2008, $6.7 million was capitalized to inventory, and $6.2 million of capitalized 
inventory was sold.  During the year ended March 31, 2007, $6.6 million was capitalized to inventory and $3.3 million 
of capitalized inventory was sold. 

The amount of unearned share-based compensation currently estimated to be expensed in fiscal 2008 through 

fiscal 2013 related to unvested share-based payment awards at March 31, 2008 is $62.3 million.  The weighted 
average period over which the unearned share-based compensation is expected to be recognized is approximately 
2.45 years. 

In accordance with the requirements of the disclosure-only alternative of SFAS No. 123, set forth below is a pro 

forma illustration of the effect on net income and net income per share computed as if the Company had valued 
share-based awards to employees using the Black-Scholes option pricing model instead of applying the guidelines 
provided by APB 25 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 (in thousands, except per share amounts): 

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income, as reported 
Deduct:  Total share-based employee compensation expense determined  
  under fair value methods for all awards, net of related tax effects. 
Pro forma net income 
Net income per common share: 
  Basic, as reported 
  Basic, pro forma 
  Diluted, as reported 
  Diluted, pro forma 

Year Ended March 31, 
2006 
$  242,369 

16,240 
$  226,129 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

1.15 
1.08 
1.13 
1.05 

At a meeting held on February 17, 2005, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and the Board 

of Directors of the Company approved the acceleration of the vesting of certain Company stock options with an 
option price of $27.153 per share or greater.  The purpose of the accelerated vesting was to enable the Company to 
avoid recognizing in its income statement compensation expense associated with these options in future periods, 
upon adoption of SFAS No. 123R on April 1, 2006.  The pre-tax charge that was avoided amounted to 
approximately $13.7 million and represented the fair value of the unvested awards as of the date of the acceleration 
as determined under SFAS No. 123.  This amount would otherwise have been required to be recognized as 
compensation expense over the vesting period upon adoption of SFAS No. 123R.  As a result of the accelerated 
vesting, approximately 2.3 million option shares or 25.4% of the total number of the outstanding unvested option 
shares as of the date of the acceleration with varying remaining vesting schedules became immediately exercisable.  
In connection with the vesting acceleration, the Company required that any shares received through the exercise of 
the accelerated options not be sold by the option holder until the first to occur of the original vesting date of the 
accelerated option or the termination of the employment of the option holder.  On April 25, 2006, in order to 
alleviate administrative burdens, the Company waived this requirement as to approximately 1.0 million option 
shares held by those employees who are not executive officers, appointed officers or director-level employees of the 
Company.  As of the date of the acceleration, the fair market value of the Company’s common stock was below the 
option price of the accelerated options in all material respects, so no APB No. 25 charges were incurred. 

Combined Incentive Plan Information 

RSU share activity under the 2004 Plan is set forth below: 

Nonvested shares at March 31, 2005 
Granted 
Canceled 
Vested 
Nonvested shares at March 31, 2006 
Granted 

Canceled 
Vested 
Nonvested shares at March 31, 2007  
Granted 
Canceled 
Vested 
Nonvested shares at March 31, 2008 

Number of Shares 

--- 
203,334 
(3,083) 
        (4,727) 
195,524 
1,634,393 

(99,380) 
      (43,094) 
1,687,443 
1,084,690 
(174,755) 
     (132,813) 
     2,464,565 

The total intrinsic value of RSUs which vested during the year ended March 31, 2008 was $4.7 million.  The 
aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs outstanding at March 31, 2008 was $80.6 million calculated based on the closing 
price of the Company’s common stock of $32.73 on March 31, 2008.  At March 31, 2008, the weighted average 
remaining expense recognition period was 2.74 years.  The weighted average fair values per share of the RSUs  

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
awarded in the years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007, was $29.73 and $31.37, respectively, calculated based on the 
fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the respective grant dates discounted for the Company’s 
expected dividend yield.  The weighted average fair values per share of RSUs awarded in the year ended March 31, 
2006 was $31.36, calculated based on the intrinsic value on the date of grant. 

Option activity under the Company’s stock incentive plans in the three years ended March 31, 2008 is set forth 

below: 

Outstanding at March 31, 2005 
Granted 
Exercised 
Canceled 
Outstanding at March 31, 2006 
Granted 
Exercised 
Canceled 
Outstanding at March 31, 2007 
Granted 
Exercised 
Canceled 
Outstanding at March 31, 2008 

Number of  
Shares 

22,370,686 
2,204,099 
(5,561,188) 
(563,237) 
18,450,360 
59,452 
(3,393,779) 
(375,487) 
14,740,546 
31,597 
(2,850,155) 
(189,603) 
11,732,385 

Weighted  
Average Exercise  
Price per Share 

$ 

$ 

19.19 
25.91 
15.46 
23.81 
20.97 
34.58 
16.87 
24.25 
21.88 
37.23 
16.66 
25.17 
23.14 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended March 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was 
$56.5 million, $61.8 million and $90.3 million, respectively.  This intrinsic value represents the difference between 
the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price of each equity 
award. 

The following table summarizes information about the stock options outstanding at March 31, 2008: 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 
$4.72  –  $15.92 

Number  
Outstanding 
1,723,405 

15.93  –    17.85 

120,537 

17.86  –    18.48 

1,414,590 

18.49  –    23.39 

1,484,696 

23.40  –    25.26 

868,014 

25.27  –    25.29 

1,574,317 

25.30  –    27.00 

683,275 

27.01  –    27.05 

1,387,206 

27.06  –    27.15 

1,467,863 

27.16  –    37.84  

1,008,482 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 
$  13.72 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining Life 
(in years) 
2.23 

17.38 

18.48 

22.38 

24.17 

25.29 

26.21 

27.05 

27.15 

30.04 

2.49 

4.98 

2.57 

4.17 

6.99 

5.77 

5.99 

3.99 

        5.64 

Number 
Exercisable 
1,723,405 

120,537 

1,413,516 

1,484,696 

868,014 

39,681 

669,432 

93,115 

1,467,863 

839,460 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 
$  13.72 

17.38 

18.48 

22.38 

24.17 

25.29 

26.21 

27.05 

27.15 

29.70 

11,730,065 

$  23.14 

        4.55 

8,719,719 

$  22.01 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable at March 31, 2008 was $112.9 
million and $93.6 million, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic values were calculated based on the closing price of 
the Company’s common stock of $32.73 per share on March 31, 2008.   

F-25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At March 31, 2008 and 2007, the number of option shares exercisable was 8,719,719 and 9,958,426, 
respectively, and the weighted average exercise price per share of these options was $22.01 and $20.69, 
respectively. 

The weighted average fair values per share of stock options granted in the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007, 

and 2006 was $11.93, $11.90, and $9.89 respectively.   

The weighted average fair values per share of stock options granted in connection with the Company’s stock 

incentive plans in the years ended March 31, 2008, 2006, and 2005 were estimated utilizing the following 
assumptions: 

Expected term (in years) 
Volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Dividend yield 

Year ended March 31, 
2007 
5.42 
42% 
5.00% 
3.01% 

2008 
6.50 
39% 
3.92% 
3.31% 

2006 

5.21 
44% 
4.20% 
2.14% 

15. 

LEASE COMMITMENTS 

The Company leases office space, transportation and other equipment under operating leases, which expire at 

various dates through March 31, 2013.  The future minimum lease commitments under these operating leases at 
March 31, 2008 are as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Year Ending 
March 31, 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
Total minimum payments 

Amount 

$  5,869 
4,699 
2,825 
1,114 
319 
$ 14,826 

Rental expense under operating leases totaled $7.6 million, $6.2 million and $6.8 million for the years ended 

March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

16. 

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION 

The Company operates in one operating segment and engages primarily in the design, development, 

manufacture and marketing of semiconductor products.  The Company sells its products to distributors and original 
equipment manufacturers (OEMs) in a broad range of market segments, performs on-going credit evaluations of its 
customers and, as deemed necessary, may require collateral, primarily letters of credit.  The Company’s operations 
outside the United States consist of product assembly and final test facilities in Thailand, and sales and support 
centers and design centers in certain foreign countries.  Domestic operations are responsible for the design, 
development and wafer fabrication of products, as well as the coordination of production planning and shipping to 
meet worldwide customer commitments.  The Thailand assembly and test facility is reimbursed in relation to value 
added with respect to assembly and test operations and other functions performed, and certain foreign sales offices 
receive compensation for sales within their territory.  Accordingly, for financial statement purposes, it is not 
meaningful to segregate sales or operating profits for the assembly and test and foreign sales office operations.  
Identifiable long-lived assets (consisting of property, plant and equipment) by geographic area are as follows 
(amounts in thousands): 

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
March 31, 

2008 

2007 

United States 
Thailand 
Various other countries 

  $  400,564 
  113,117 
8,624 

  $  488,687 
  114,560 
2,475 

Total long-lived assets 

  $  522,305 

  $  605,722 

Sales to unaffiliated customers located outside the United States, primarily in Asia and Europe, aggregated 

approximately 75%, 74% and 74% of consolidated net sales for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, 
respectively.  Sales to customers in Europe represented 30%, 29% and 28% of consolidated net sales for the years 
ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Sales to customers in Asia represented 44%, 43% and 44% of 
consolidated net sales for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Sales into China, including 
Hong Kong, represented 20%, 18% and 17% of consolidated net sales for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 
2006, respectively.  Sales into Taiwan represented 10% of consolidated net sales for the years ended March 31, 
2008, 2007 and 2006.  Sales into any other individual foreign country did not exceed 10% of the Company’s net 
sales for any of the years presented. 

The Company had one distributor who represented more than 10% of its net sales during fiscal 2008 and two 
distributors who represented more than 10% of its net sales during fiscal 2007 and 2006.  The Company’s largest 
distributor accounted for approximately 12% of its net sales in fiscal 2008.  The Company’s largest distributor 
accounted for approximately 11% of its net sales and its second largest distributor accounted for approximately 10% 
of its net sales in fiscal 2007.  The Company’s largest distributor accounted for approximately 13% of its net sales 
and its second largest distributor accounted for approximately 12% of its net sales in fiscal 2006. 

17. 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

The carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value because their maturity is less than three 
months.  The carrying amount of short-term and long-term investments approximates fair value as the securities are 
marked to market as of each balance sheet date with any unrealized gains and losses reported in stockholders’ 
equity.  The carrying amount of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates fair 
value due to the short-term maturity of the amounts.  The fair value of the Company’s junior subordinated 
convertible debentures was $1.246 billion at March 31, 2008 based on the trading price of the bonds. 

The Company has entered into foreign currency forward contracts in the normal course of business to reduce its 

exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.  When engaging in forward contracts, risks arise from the 
possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts and from movements in securities values, 
interest rates and foreign exchange rates.  At March 31, 2008, the Company held contracts with nominal amounts 
totaling $2.4 million, which were entered into to hedge the Company’s foreign currency risk.  At March 31, 2007, 
there were no foreign currency forward contracts outstanding.  Unrealized gains and losses as of the balance sheet 
dates and realized gains and losses for the years ending March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were immaterial. 

18. 

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share (in thousands, except 

per share amounts): 

2008 

Year Ended March 31, 
2007 

2006 

Net income 

  $ 

297,748 

  $ 

357,029 

$ 

242,369 

Weighted average common shares outstanding 

207,220 

215,498 

210,104 

Dilutive effect of stock options 

4,828 

5,350 

4,920 

Weighted average common and common 

equivalent shares outstanding 

212,048 

220,848 

215,024 

Basic net income per common share 

Diluted net income per common share 

  $ 

  $ 

1.44 

1.40 

  $ 

  $ 

1.66 

1.62 

$ 

$ 

1.15 

1.13 

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares exclude the effect of antidilutive options.  As of March 31, 2008, the number 
of options that were antidilutive were 127,219.  As of March 31, 2007, the number of options that were antidilutive 
were 36,103.  As of March 31, 2006, there were no antidilutive options outstanding. 

Diluted net income per common share does not include any incremental shares issuable upon the exchange of 

the debentures (see Note 10). The debentures will have no impact on diluted net income per common share until the 
average price of the Company’s common stock exceeds the conversion price because the principal amount of the 
debentures will be settled in cash upon conversion. Prior to conversion, the Company will include, in the diluted net 
income per common share calculation, the effect of the additional shares that may be issued when the Company’s 
common stock price exceeds the conversion price, using the treasury stock method. The conversion price at 
March 31, 2008 was $33.81 per common share. 

19. 

QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED) 

The following table presents the Company’s selected unaudited quarterly operating results for eight quarters 
ended March 31, 2008.  The Company believes that all adjustments of a normal recurring nature have been made to 
present fairly the related quarterly results (in thousands, except per share amounts): 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

Total 

Fiscal 2008 
Net sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Net income 
Diluted net income per common share   

$   264,072 
  158,545 
  85,019 
  80,293 
0.36 

$   258,647  $   252,600 $   260,418  $  1,035,737 
  624,938 
  301,665 
  297,748 
1.40 

  153,047  
79,240  
80,124  
0.38  

  158,634 
81,732 
76,652 
0.40 

  154,712 
55,674 
60,679 
0.27 

First 
Quarter 

Second 
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

Total 

Fiscal 2007 
Net sales 
Gross profit 
Operating income 
Net income 
Diluted net income per common share   

$   262,557 
  158,484 
  89,681 
  76,984 
    0.35 

$   267,934  $   251,004 $   258,176  $  1,039,671 
  624,756 
  347,811 
  357,029 
     1.62 

  149,710  
81,482  
72,849  
    0.33  

  154,601 
85,289 
  127,708 
     0.57 

  161,961 
91,359 
79,488 
    0.36 

Refer to Note 2, Special Charges, for an explanation of the special charge in the quarter ended September 30, 

2007 related to the Company’s loss on sale of Fab 3.  Refer to Note 10, Income Taxes, for an explanation of the 
$52.2 million of tax benefit from a tax settlement in the quarter ended March 31, 2007, a $5.7 million of tax benefit 
from a resolution of a foreign tax matter in the quarter ended December 31, 2007 and a $4.5 million release of tax 
reserves in the quarter ended March 31, 2008. 

20. 

SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Cash paid for income taxes amounted to $25.2 million, $72.6 million and $26.4 million during the years ended 

March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Cash paid for interest on borrowings amounted to $5.4 million and 
$1.9 million during the years ended March 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  There was no cash paid for interest on 
borrowings in the year ended March 31, 2008. 

A summary of additions and deductions related to the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended 

March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 follows (amounts in thousands): 

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at 
beginning 
of year 

Charged to 
costs and 
expenses 

Deductions (1) 

Balance at end of 
year 

Allowance for doubtful accounts: 

2008 
2007 
2006 

  $ 

  $  3,544 
3,662 
3,817 

--- 
--- 
--- 

  $ 

(392) 
(118) 
(155) 

  $  3,152 
3,544 
3,662 

(1) Deductions represent uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries. 

21. 

DIVIDENDS 

On October 28, 2002, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had approved and instituted a 
quarterly cash dividend on its common stock.  The initial quarterly dividend of $0.02 per share was paid on 
December 6, 2003 in the amount of $4.1 million.  The Company has continued to pay quarterly dividends and has 
increased the amount of such dividends on a regular basis.  Cash dividends paid per share amounted to $1.205, 
$0.965 and $0.57 during the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  Total dividend payments 
amounted to $252.0 million, $207.9 million and $120.1 million during the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007 and 
2006, respectively.  

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
E
I
R
A
I
D
I
S
B
U
S
D
N
A
D
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C
N
I
Y
G
O
L
O
N
H
C
E
T
P
I
H
C
O
R
C
I
M

S
T
L
U
S
E
R
D
E
T
R
O
P
E
R
O
T
E
M
O
C
N
I
T
E
N
P
A
A
G
N
O
N
F
O
N
O
I
T
A
I
L
I
C
N
O
C
E
R

-

)
s
t
n
u
o
m
a

e
r
a
h
s

r
e
p

t
p
e
c
x
e

s
d
n
a
s
u
o
h
t

n
i
(

1
0
0
2

2
0
0
2

3
0
0
2

4
0
0
2

5
0
0
2

6
0
0
2

7
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

,
1
3

h
c
r
a

M
d
e
d
n
E
r
a
e
Y

3
7
4
,
5
5
1

$

4
1
8
,
4
9

$

5
7
8
,
3
3
1

$

4
3
8
,
6
5
1

$

1
6
7
,
6
2
2

$

9
7
9
,
2
7
2

$

8
3
6
,
5
2
3

$

6
9
3
,
0
3
3

$

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
n
P
A
A
G
-
n
o
N

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

9
0
4
,
6

9
4
9
,
0
1

)
1
2
7
,
4
(

7
3
6
,
2
1

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

6
3
8
,
2
4
1

4
1
8
,
4
9

-
-
-

-
-
-

6
3
8
,
2
4
1

$

4
1
8
,
4
9

6
7
.
0

)
6
0
.
0
(

-
-
-

0
7
.
0

$

$

5
4
.
0

-
-
-

-
-
-

5
4
.
0

$

$

$

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

0
0
3
,
9

0
0
5
,
1
4

)
0
0
6
,
6
1
(

0
0
2
,
4
3

5
7
6
,
9
9

3
4
4
,
1
1

2
3
2
,
8
8

4
6
.
0

)
7
1
.
0
(

)
5
0
.
0
(

2
4
.
0

$

$

$

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

5
6
8

5
5
7
,
1
3

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

0
0
1
,
1
2

)
8
4
0
,
3
1
(

2
7
5
,
9
1

)
4
2
1
,
8
(

6
7
9
,
2
1

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

0
1
6
,
0
3

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

0
1
6
,
0
3

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

9
7
3
,
7
2

)
0
0
2
,
2
5
(

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

6
4
8
,
2
3

3
6
7
,
6
2

)
9
2
5
,
4
(

)
3
3
7
,
5
(

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

)
0
7
5
,
6
(

)
1
9
3
,
1
3
(

)
9
9
6
,
6
1
(

8
4
6
,
2
3

s
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

x
a
t

o
t

t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
a

e
l
b
a
r
o
v
a
f
o
t
d
e
t
a
l
e
r

t
i
f
e
n
e
b
x
a
T
)
c
(

r
e
t
t
a
m
x
a
t

n
g
i
e
r
o
f

f
o

n
o
i
t
u
l
o
s
e
r

n
o

t
i
f
e
n
e
b

x
a
T
)
d
(

s
g
n
i
n
r
a
e

n
g
i
e
r
o
f

f
o

n
o
i
t
a
i
r
t
a
p
e
r
n
o

e
g
r
a
h
c

x
a
T
)
f
(

t
n
e
m
e
l
t
t
e
s
S
R

I
n
o

t
i
f
e
n
e
b
x
a
T
)
e
(

s
e
g
r
a
h
c

l
a
i
c
e
p
s

o
t

g
n
i
t
a
l
e
r

e
s
n
e
p
x
e

t
i
f
e
n
e
b

x
a
T
)
n
(

1

b
a
f

f
o

e
r
u
s
o
l
c

-

s
e
s
n
e
p
x
e

g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
O

)
i
(

e
g
r
a
h
c
D
&
R
s
s
e
c
o
r
p

n
i

t
r
a
m
S
r
e
w
o
P
)
k
(

e
g
r
a
h
c

t
n
e
m

r
i
a
p
m

i

3
b
a
F
)
j
(

1

b
a
f

f
o

e
r
u
s
o
l
c

-

s
e
l
a
s

f
o

t
s
o
C

)
h
(

t
n
e
m
e
l
t
t
e
s

e
s
n
e
c
i
l

t
n
e
t
a
P
)
g
(

s
e
g
r
a
h
c

r
e
g
r
e
m
m
o
C
l
e
T
)

m

(

e
g
r
a
h
c

g
n
i
r
u
t
c
u
r
t
s
e
R

)
l
(

:
e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
n
P
A
A
G
-
n
o
n

o
t

s
t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
A

n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c

d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S
)
a
(

3

b
a
F
f
o

e
l
a
s

n
o

s
s
o
L
)
b
(

2
6
2
,
7
3
1

5
8
7
,
3
1
2

9
6
3
,
2
4
2

9
2
0
,
7
5
3

8
4
7
,
7
9
2

n
i

e
g
n
a
h
c

f
o

t
c
e
f
f
e

e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
c

e
r
o
f
e
b

e
m
o
c
n
I

e
l
p
i
c
n
i
r
p

g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

e
l
p
i
c
n
i
r
p

g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a

n
i

e
g
n
a
h
c

f
o

t
c
e
f
f
e

e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
C

2
6
2
,
7
3
1

$

5
8
7
,
3
1
2

$

9
6
3
,
2
4
2

$

9
2
0
,
7
5
3

$

8
4
7
,
7
9
2

$

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

0
9
1
,
5
0
2

7
0
9
,
8
0
2

6
4
6
,
0
1
2

2
7
1
,
2
1
2

2
6
9
,
1
1
2

4
2
0
,
5
1
2

8
4
8
,
0
2
2

8
4
0
,
2
1
2

4
7
.
0

)
9
0
.
0
(

-
-
-

5
6
.
0

$

$

7
0
.
1

)
6
0
.
0
(

-
-
-

1
0
.
1

$

$

7
2
.
1

)
4
1
.
0
(

-
-
-

3
1
.
1

$

$

8
4
.
1

4
1
.
0

-
-
-

2
6
.
1

$

$

7
5
.
1

)
7
1
.
0
(

-
-
-

0
4
.
1

$

$

e
l
p
i
c
n
i
r
p

g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a

n
i

e
g
n
a
h
c

f
o

t
c
e
f
f
e

e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
C

g
n
i
d
n
a
t
s
t
u
o
s
e
r
a
h
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

d
e
t
u
l
i

D

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
N

e
r
a
h
s

n
o
m
m
o
c

r
e
p

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
n
d
e
t
u
l
i

D

e
m
o
c
n
i

t
e
n
P
A
A
G
-
n
o
N

s
e
g
r
a
h
c

l
a
i
c
e
p
S

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors and Officers 

Board of Directors 

Corporate Officers 

Steve Sanghi 
Chairman of the Board, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
Microchip Technology Incorporated 

Matthew W. Chapman 
President and CEO 
Northwest Evaluation Association 

L.B. Day 
President 
L.B. Day & Co., Inc. 

Albert J. Hugo-Martinez 
Chief Executive Officer 
Hugo-Martinez and Associates 

Wade F. Meyercord 
President 
Meyercord & Associates, Inc. 

Steve Sanghi 
President, Chief Executive Officer and 
Chairman of the Board 

Stephen V. Drehobl 
Vice President, Security, Microcontroller and 
Technology Development Division 

David S. Lambert 
Vice President, Fab Operations 

Mitchell R. Little 
Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Applications 

Ganesh Moorthy 
Executive Vice President 

Gordon W. Parnell 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 

Richard J. Simoncic 
Vice President, Analog and Interface Products Division 

Appointed Officers 

J. Eric Bjornholt 
Vice President, Finance and Corporate Secretary 

Bryan J. Liddiard 
Vice President, Analog and Interface Marketing 

Paul R. Breault 
Vice President, Global Sales Support 

Gary Marsh 
Vice President, European Sales 

Mathew B. Bunker 
Vice President, Pacific Rim Manufacturing Operations 

Sumit K. Mitra 
Vice President, Digital Signal Controller Division 

Derek P. Carlson 
Vice President, Development Tools Group 

Lauren A. Carr 
Vice President, Human Resources 

Kathryn A. Clevenger 
Vice President, Fab 4 Operations 

Randall L. Drwinga 
Vice President, Memory Products Division 

Michael A. Finley 
Vice President, Fab 2 Operations 

Joseph R. Krawczyk 
Vice President, Far East Sales 

Mitchel Obolsky 
Vice President, Advanced Microcontroller Architecture 
Division 

Robert H. Owen 
Vice President, Information Services 

Kenneth N. Pye 
Vice President, Worldwide Applications Engineering 

Dan L. Termer 
Vice President, Vertical Markets Group 

William Yang 
Vice President, Pacific Rim Finance 

Peter L. Zimmer, Jr. 
Vice President, Americas Sales 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Information

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Ernst & Young LLP
Phoenix, Arizona

Legal Counsel
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P. C.
Palo Alto, California
Austin, Texas

Transfer Agent & Registrar
Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A.
Shareowner Services
161 North Concord Exchange
P .O. Box 64854
St. Paul, Minnesota 55075-1139
800-468-9716

Form 10-K
A copy of the Company’s Form 10-K as fi led
with the Securities and Exchange Commission
is available upon request to:

Investor Relations
Microchip Technology Incorporated
2355 West Chandler Boulevard
Chandler, Arizona 85224-6199
480-792-7761

Annual Meeting
The annual meeting of the stockholders of Microchip 
Technology Incorporated will be held at the Company’s 
Chandler facility, 2355 West Chandler Boulevard,
Chandler, Arizona, on Friday, August 15, 2008
at 9:00 a.m. Pacifi c Standard Time.

Common Stock
Microchip Technology’s common stock is traded on
the NASDAQ Global Select MarketSM under the symbol 
“MCHP .”  The following table sets forth the quarterly 
high and low closing prices as reported by the NASDAQ 
Global Select MarketSM for the last two fi scal years.

Fiscal 2008 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

         High             Low
  $35.47
  $36.31
  $27.57
  $26.86

$42.06 
$39.53 
$36.92 
$34.56 

Fiscal 2007 
First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

         High             Low
  $31.79
  $31.11
  $31.40
  $33.21

$38.15 
$34.88 
$34.83 
$37.49 

Corporate Facilities
Microchip Technology Incorporated
2355 West Chandler Boulevard
Chandler, Arizona 85224-6199

Microchip Technology Incorporated
1200 South 52nd Street
Tempe, Arizona 85281

Microchip Technology Incorporated
21015 SE Stark Street
Gresham, Oregon 97030

Internet Address
Additional Company information, along with the most 
recent fi nancial and product information and press 
releases, can be accessed at: www.microchip.com.

Microchip Technology (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
14 Moo 1 T. Wangtakien
A. Muangchachoengsao
Chacherngsao, 24000, Thailand

The  statements  contained  in  this Annual  Report  relating  to  the  sale  of  Fab  3  contributing  to  increased  gross  margins,  supporting  $1.6  billion  in  sales  with  the  current 
equipment in our fabs, expanding revenue capacity to $2.2 billion with additional capital equipment investments, Microchip continuing to deliver value to its shareholders, 
strong interest in Microchip’s products, our ongoing commitment to provide outstanding technical assistance, being well-positioned for further market share gains and to 
outpace the semiconductor industry, our focus on new design wins, customer support, continuous improvement, cost reduction and employee empowerment, substantial 
growth potential for years to come, aggressively pushing our PIC microcontroller architecture into signifi cantly new design territories, engineers continuing to embrace the PIC 
microcontroller architecture, dedication to driving revenue growth and high profi t margins, our low-cost manufacturing structure contributing high gross profi t margins, our 
ability to respond quickly to competitive pricing pressures, maintaining healthy margins, opportunities for high-volume growth, continuing to leverage our customers to sell 
solutions, our commitment to provide resources to our customers, offering signifi cant benefi ts to our customers, adding fi eld applications engineers, our strategy delivering 
critical new design wins, continued focus on helping customers succeed, providing opportunities to grow revenue, employees remaining a compelling competitive advantage, 
and constantly striving to improve all aspects of the business are forward looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995.  Actual results may differ materially because of the following factors, among others:  changes in demand or market acceptance of our products and the 
products of our customers; our ability to ramp products into volume production; the level of orders that are received and can be shipped in a quarter; levels of inventories at 
our distributors and other customers; the level of sell-through of our products through distribution; the mix of inventory we hold and our ability to satisfy short-term orders 
from our inventory; changes or fl uctuations in customer order patterns and seasonality; the level at which design wins become actual orders and sales; changes in utilization 
of our manufacturing capacity; our ability to continue to secure suffi cient assembly and testing capacity; competitive developments including pricing pressures; fi nancial 
stability in foreign markets; our ability to maintain operating margins; our timely introduction of new technologies, market acceptance of our new products and those of 
our customers; competitive factors, such as competing architectures and manufacturing technologies and acceptance of new products in the markets we serve; the costs 
and outcome of any current or future tax audit or any litigation involving intellectual property, customers or other issues; our ability to attract and retain qualifi ed personnel; 
disruptions in our business or the businesses of our customers or suppliers due to natural disasters, terrorist activity, armed confl ict, war, worldwide oil prices and supply; 
disruptions in the worldwide transportation system; impact of events outside the United States, such as the business impact of fl uctuating currency rates or unrest or political 
instability; general industry, economic and political conditions; and the impact on our business and on customer order patterns due to public health concerns.

For a detailed discussion of these and other risk factors, please refer to Microchip’s fi lings with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Forms 10-K and 10-Q.  Our fi scal 
2008 Form 10-K follows this letter to our shareholders.  Additionally, you can obtain copies of our Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K and other documents fi led with the SEC for free 
at the SEC’s web site (www.sec.gov) or from commercial document retrieval services.

©2008  Microchip Technology  Incorporated. All  rights  reserved. The  Microchip  name  and  logo,  PIC,  dsPIC  and  MPLAB  are  registered  trademarks  of  Microchip 
Technology Inc. in the USA and in other countries.  NASDAQ is a registered trademark of the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc.  The NASDAQ Global Select Market is a 
servicemark of the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc.  All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their respective companies.  Printed in USA  June 2008.

30289_InsideCvrs.indd   2

7/10/2008   12:14:13 PM

©2008 The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. Reprinted with permission.

30289_OutsideCvrs.indd   2

7/10/2008   12:16:04 PM